1一、选择题 · 集合已知集合 A={x∣∣x∣⩽2,x∈R}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=4}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=11}{\mid }\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{|} \htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=25}{\leqslant }\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{x} \htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=34}{\in }\mathbf{\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{R}}\htmlData{tutor-start=44,tutor-end=46}{\}}A={x∣∣x∣⩽2,x∈R}, B={x∣x⩽4,x∈Z}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=4}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=11}{\mid }\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{x}} \htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=30}{\leqslant }\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{x} \htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=39}{\in }\mathbf{\htmlData{tutor-start=47,tutor-end=48}{Z}}\htmlData{tutor-start=49,tutor-end=51}{\}}B={x∣x⩽4,x∈Z}, 则 A∩B=\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=7}{\cap }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}A∩B= ( ) (A) (0,2)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(0,2) (B) [0,2]\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{]}[0,2] (C) {0,2}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=2}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=7}{\}}{0,2} (D) {0,1,2}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=2}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=9}{\}}{0,1,2}答案:D;{0,1,2}题目标签:集合交集解题过程求实数集与整数集的交集分别化简两个集合并保留共同元素(1)写出两个集合∣x∣≤2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=6}{\le}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}∣x∣≤2 给出实数区间 [−2,2]\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{]}[−2,2]。为什么从这里入手:集合题不能只看式子的外形,必须回到“元素是否满足条件”。这里的“∣x∣≤2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=6}{\le}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}∣x∣≤2 给出实数区间 [−2,2]\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{]}[−2,2]。”给出了元素筛选规则,因此先写出两个集合,再逐项保留或删除元素,思路最直接。详细展开:B\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}B 还要求 x∈Z\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\in}\mathbb{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{Z}}x∈Z;根式要求 x≥0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}x≥0,且 x≤4\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=11}{\le}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{4}x≤4 等价于 x≤16\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\le}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{6}x≤16,所以 B={0,1,…,16}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=4}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=14}{\ldots}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=19}{\}}B={0,1,…,16}。A=[−2,2],B={0,1,…,16}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{]}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=19}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=29}{\ldots}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=34}{\}}A=[−2,2],B={0,1,…,16}(2)取共同元素交集中的元素必须同时满足实数区间限制与整数限制。为什么从这里入手:集合题不能只看式子的外形,必须回到“元素是否满足条件”。这里的“交集中的元素必须同时满足实数区间限制与整数限制。”给出了元素筛选规则,因此先取共同元素,再逐项保留或删除元素,思路最直接。详细展开:位于 [−2,2]\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{]}[−2,2] 内的非负整数只有 0,1,2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}0,1,2。A∩B={0,1,2}D\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=13}{\cap }\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=17}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=24}{\}}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{D}}A∩B={0,1,2}D
(1)写出两个集合∣x∣≤2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=6}{\le}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}∣x∣≤2 给出实数区间 [−2,2]\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{]}[−2,2]。为什么从这里入手:集合题不能只看式子的外形,必须回到“元素是否满足条件”。这里的“∣x∣≤2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=6}{\le}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}∣x∣≤2 给出实数区间 [−2,2]\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{]}[−2,2]。”给出了元素筛选规则,因此先写出两个集合,再逐项保留或删除元素,思路最直接。详细展开:B\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}B 还要求 x∈Z\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\in}\mathbb{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{Z}}x∈Z;根式要求 x≥0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}x≥0,且 x≤4\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=11}{\le}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{4}x≤4 等价于 x≤16\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\le}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{6}x≤16,所以 B={0,1,…,16}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=4}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=14}{\ldots}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=19}{\}}B={0,1,…,16}。A=[−2,2],B={0,1,…,16}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{]}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=19}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=29}{\ldots}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=34}{\}}A=[−2,2],B={0,1,…,16}
(2)取共同元素交集中的元素必须同时满足实数区间限制与整数限制。为什么从这里入手:集合题不能只看式子的外形,必须回到“元素是否满足条件”。这里的“交集中的元素必须同时满足实数区间限制与整数限制。”给出了元素筛选规则,因此先取共同元素,再逐项保留或删除元素,思路最直接。详细展开:位于 [−2,2]\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{]}[−2,2] 内的非负整数只有 0,1,2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}0,1,2。A∩B={0,1,2}D\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=13}{\cap }\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=17}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=24}{\}}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{D}}A∩B={0,1,2}D
2一、选择题 · 平面向量已知 a,b\boldsymbol{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{a}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,} \boldsymbol{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{b}}a,b 为平面向量, 若 a=(4,3),2a+b=(3,18)\boldsymbol{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{a}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{2} \boldsymbol{\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{a}}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{+}\boldsymbol{\htmlData{tutor-start=51,tutor-end=52}{b}}\htmlData{tutor-start=53,tutor-end=54}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=54,tutor-end=55}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=55,tutor-end=56}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=56,tutor-end=57}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=57,tutor-end=58}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=58,tutor-end=59}{8}\htmlData{tutor-start=59,tutor-end=60}{)}a=(4,3),2a+b=(3,18), 则 a,b\boldsymbol{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{a}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,} \boldsymbol{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{b}}a,b 夹角的余弦值等于 ( ) (A) 865\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{8}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{5}}658 (B) −865\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{8}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{5}}−658 (C) 1665\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{6}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{5}}6516 (D) −1665\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{6}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{5}}−6516答案:C;16/65题目标签:向量夹角解题过程求两个平面向量夹角余弦先由线性关系求出未知向量(1)求 oldsymbol b2a+b=(3,18)2\boldsymbol a+\boldsymbol b=(3,18)2a+b=(3,18),而 2a=(8,6)2\boldsymbol a=(8,6)2a=(8,6)。为什么从这里入手:目标是“求 oldsymbol b”,而“2a+b=(3,18)2\boldsymbol a+\boldsymbol b=(3,18)2a+b=(3,18),而 2a=(8,6)2\boldsymbol a=(8,6)2a=(8,6)。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:两边对应坐标相减,得到 b=(−5,12)\boldsymbol b=(-5,12)b=(−5,12)。b=(3,18)−(8,6)=(−5,12)\boldsymbol b=(3,18)-(8,6)=(-5,12)b=(3,18)−(8,6)=(−5,12)(2)使用数量积公式a⋅b=4(−5)+3(12)=16\boldsymbol a\cdot\boldsymbol b=4(-5)+3(12)=16a⋅b=4(−5)+3(12)=16,∣a∣=5|\boldsymbol a|=5∣a∣=5,∣b∣=13|\boldsymbol b|=13∣b∣=13。为什么从这里入手:目标是“使用数量积公式”,而“a⋅b=4(−5)+3(12)=16\boldsymbol a\cdot\boldsymbol b=4(-5)+3(12)=16a⋅b=4(−5)+3(12)=16,∣a∣=5|\boldsymbol a|=5∣a∣=5,∣b∣=13|\boldsymbol b|=13∣b∣=13。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:所以夹角余弦为 16/(5⋅13)=16/65\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=10}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{5}16/(5⋅13)=16/65。costheta=1665C\boxed{\cos\\\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{h}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{e}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{6}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{5}}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=44,tutor-end=45}{C}}costheta=6516C
(1)求 oldsymbol b2a+b=(3,18)2\boldsymbol a+\boldsymbol b=(3,18)2a+b=(3,18),而 2a=(8,6)2\boldsymbol a=(8,6)2a=(8,6)。为什么从这里入手:目标是“求 oldsymbol b”,而“2a+b=(3,18)2\boldsymbol a+\boldsymbol b=(3,18)2a+b=(3,18),而 2a=(8,6)2\boldsymbol a=(8,6)2a=(8,6)。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:两边对应坐标相减,得到 b=(−5,12)\boldsymbol b=(-5,12)b=(−5,12)。b=(3,18)−(8,6)=(−5,12)\boldsymbol b=(3,18)-(8,6)=(-5,12)b=(3,18)−(8,6)=(−5,12)
(2)使用数量积公式a⋅b=4(−5)+3(12)=16\boldsymbol a\cdot\boldsymbol b=4(-5)+3(12)=16a⋅b=4(−5)+3(12)=16,∣a∣=5|\boldsymbol a|=5∣a∣=5,∣b∣=13|\boldsymbol b|=13∣b∣=13。为什么从这里入手:目标是“使用数量积公式”,而“a⋅b=4(−5)+3(12)=16\boldsymbol a\cdot\boldsymbol b=4(-5)+3(12)=16a⋅b=4(−5)+3(12)=16,∣a∣=5|\boldsymbol a|=5∣a∣=5,∣b∣=13|\boldsymbol b|=13∣b∣=13。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:所以夹角余弦为 16/(5⋅13)=16/65\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=10}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{5}16/(5⋅13)=16/65。costheta=1665C\boxed{\cos\\\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{h}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{e}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{6}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{5}}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=44,tutor-end=45}{C}}costheta=6516C
3一、选择题 · 复数已知复数 z=3+i(1−3i)2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{z}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\frac{\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{+}\mathrm{\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{i}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{-}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{3}} \mathrm{\htmlData{tutor-start=49,tutor-end=50}{i}}\htmlData{tutor-start=51,tutor-end=52}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=54,tutor-end=55}{2}}}z=(1−3i)23+i, 则 ∣z∣=\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{z}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{=}∣z∣= ( ) (A) 14\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{4}}41 (B) 12\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}21 (C) 1 (D) 2答案:B;1/2题目标签:复数的模解题过程求复数的模利用商、乘方的模运算而不展开复数(1)分别求分子分母的模∣3+i∣=3+1=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{2}∣3+i∣=3+1=2。为什么从这里入手:目标是“分别求分子分母的模”,而“∣3+i∣=3+1=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{2}∣3+i∣=3+1=2。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:∣1−3i∣=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}∣1−3i∣=2,所以 ∣(1−3i)2∣=∣1−3i∣2=4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{-}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{|}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{4}∣(1−3i)2∣=∣1−3i∣2=4。∣3+i∣=2,∣(1−3i)2∣=4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{-}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{4}∣3+i∣=2,∣(1−3i)2∣=4(2)求商的模复数商的模等于模的商。为什么从这里入手:复数题先判断目标需要代数形式还是模与辐角。“复数商的模等于模的商。”与“求商的模”直接相连,先利用共轭、模或实虚部关系,通常能避免把复数完全展开成冗长乘积。详细展开:因此 ∣z∣=2/4=1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{z}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}∣z∣=2/4=1/2。∣z∣=12B\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{z}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{2}}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{B}}∣z∣=21B
(1)分别求分子分母的模∣3+i∣=3+1=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{2}∣3+i∣=3+1=2。为什么从这里入手:目标是“分别求分子分母的模”,而“∣3+i∣=3+1=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{2}∣3+i∣=3+1=2。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:∣1−3i∣=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}∣1−3i∣=2,所以 ∣(1−3i)2∣=∣1−3i∣2=4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{-}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{|}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{4}∣(1−3i)2∣=∣1−3i∣2=4。∣3+i∣=2,∣(1−3i)2∣=4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{-}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{4}∣3+i∣=2,∣(1−3i)2∣=4
(2)求商的模复数商的模等于模的商。为什么从这里入手:复数题先判断目标需要代数形式还是模与辐角。“复数商的模等于模的商。”与“求商的模”直接相连,先利用共轭、模或实虚部关系,通常能避免把复数完全展开成冗长乘积。详细展开:因此 ∣z∣=2/4=1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{z}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}∣z∣=2/4=1/2。∣z∣=12B\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{z}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{2}}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{B}}∣z∣=21B
4一、选择题 · 导数曲线 y=x3−2x+1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2} \htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}y=x3−2x+1 在点 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(1,0) 处的切线方程为 ( ) (A) y=x−1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}y=x−1 (B) y=−x+1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}y=−x+1 (C) y=2x−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}y=2x−2 (D) y=−2x+2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2} \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}y=−2x+2答案:A;y=x-1题目标签:曲线切线解题过程求曲线在给定点的切线导数给斜率,点斜式给方程(1)求切线斜率y=x3−2x+1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}y=x3−2x+1,故 y′=3x2−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}'\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}y′=3x2−2。为什么从这里入手:函数的局部变化由导数控制。“y=x3−2x+1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}y=x3−2x+1,故 y′=3x2−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}'\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}y′=3x2−2。”给出了函数值、斜率或导数符号的入口,因此先求切线斜率,就能把图象语言转换成方程或符号表。详细展开:在 x=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}x=1 处 y′(1)=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}'\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}y′(1)=1,这就是切线斜率;题给点 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(1,0) 也确在曲线上。k=y′(1)=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{y}'\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}k=y′(1)=1(2)写点斜式经过 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(1,0) 且斜率为 1。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“经过 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(1,0) 且斜率为 1。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先写点斜式后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:y−0=1(x−1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{)}y−0=1(x−1),即 y=x−1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}y=x−1。y=x−1A\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{A}}y=x−1A
(1)求切线斜率y=x3−2x+1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}y=x3−2x+1,故 y′=3x2−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}'\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}y′=3x2−2。为什么从这里入手:函数的局部变化由导数控制。“y=x3−2x+1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}y=x3−2x+1,故 y′=3x2−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}'\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}y′=3x2−2。”给出了函数值、斜率或导数符号的入口,因此先求切线斜率,就能把图象语言转换成方程或符号表。详细展开:在 x=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}x=1 处 y′(1)=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}'\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}y′(1)=1,这就是切线斜率;题给点 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(1,0) 也确在曲线上。k=y′(1)=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{y}'\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}k=y′(1)=1
(2)写点斜式经过 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(1,0) 且斜率为 1。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“经过 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(1,0) 且斜率为 1。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先写点斜式后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:y−0=1(x−1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{)}y−0=1(x−1),即 y=x−1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}y=x−1。y=x−1A\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{A}}y=x−1A
5一、选择题 · 圆锥曲线中心在原点, 焦点在 x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}x 轴上的双曲线的一条渐近线经过点 (4,2)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(4,2), 则它的离心率为 ( ) (A) 6\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{6}}6 (B) 5\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{5}}5 (C) 62\frac{\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{6}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}}26 (D) 52\frac{\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{5}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}}25答案:D;√5/2题目标签:双曲线离心率解题过程由双曲线渐近线求离心率渐近线斜率直接给出 b/a\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{a}b/a(1)求半轴比焦点在 x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}x 轴上时渐近线为 y=±(b/a)x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=5}{\pm}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}y=±(b/a)x。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“焦点在 x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}x 轴上时渐近线为 y=±(b/a)x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=5}{\pm}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}y=±(b/a)x。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先求半轴比后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:经过 (4,2)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(4,2) 的一条渐近线斜率为 2/4=1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}2/4=1/2,所以 b/a=1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}b/a=1/2。ba=12\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{b}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{a}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{2}}ab=21(2)代入离心率关系双曲线满足 c2=a2+b2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{c}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}c2=a2+b2。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“双曲线满足 c2=a2+b2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{c}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}c2=a2+b2。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先代入离心率关系后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:e2=c2/a2=1+b2/a2=1+1/4=5/4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{c}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{4}e2=c2/a2=1+b2/a2=1+1/4=5/4,故 e=5/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{5}}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}e=5/2。e=52D\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{e}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\frac{\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{5}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{2}}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{D}}e=25D
(1)求半轴比焦点在 x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}x 轴上时渐近线为 y=±(b/a)x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=5}{\pm}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}y=±(b/a)x。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“焦点在 x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}x 轴上时渐近线为 y=±(b/a)x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=5}{\pm}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}y=±(b/a)x。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先求半轴比后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:经过 (4,2)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(4,2) 的一条渐近线斜率为 2/4=1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}2/4=1/2,所以 b/a=1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}b/a=1/2。ba=12\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{b}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{a}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{2}}ab=21
(2)代入离心率关系双曲线满足 c2=a2+b2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{c}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}c2=a2+b2。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“双曲线满足 c2=a2+b2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{c}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}c2=a2+b2。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先代入离心率关系后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:e2=c2/a2=1+b2/a2=1+1/4=5/4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{c}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{4}e2=c2/a2=1+b2/a2=1+1/4=5/4,故 e=5/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{5}}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}e=5/2。e=52D\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{e}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\frac{\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{5}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{2}}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{D}}e=25D
6一、选择题 · 三角函数如图, 质点 P\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}P 在半径为 2 的圆周上逆时针运动, 其初始位置为 P0(2,−2)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{(}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{)}P0(2,−2), 角速度为 1 , 那么点 P\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}P 到 x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}x 轴的距离 d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}d 关于时间 t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}t 的函数图象大致为 ( ) (A) (B) (C) (D)原卷图示 1原卷第 1 页 · qwen3.7-plus_layout_detection · 需复核答案:C题目标签:圆周运动距离图象解题过程选择圆周运动点到轴距离图象先写距离函数并检查初值、初始趋势和零点(1)建立函数模型初始点 P0(2,−2)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{(}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{)}P0(2,−2) 的极角可取 −π/4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{4}−π/4,逆时针角速度为 1。为什么从这里入手:三角题先把未知角转成特殊角、同一角或已知边角关系。“初始点 P0(2,−2)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{(}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{)}P0(2,−2) 的极角可取 −π/4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{4}−π/4,逆时针角速度为 1。”指出了可用的象限、恒等式或几何关系,先建立函数模型可以同时确定数值和正负号。详细展开:时刻 t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}t 的纵坐标为 y=2sin(t−π/4)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=13}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{)}y=2sin(t−π/4),到 x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}x 轴距离是纵坐标绝对值。d(t)=2∣sin(t−π4)∣d(t)=2\left|\sin\left(t-\frac\pi4\right)\right|d(t)=2sin(t−4π)(2)对照图象特征d(0)=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}d(0)=2,且开始时距离递减,在 t=π/4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=5}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{4}t=π/4 首次降到 0,随后增大;最小正周期为 π\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=3}{\pi}π。为什么从这里入手:三角题先把未知角转成特殊角、同一角或已知边角关系。“d(0)=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}d(0)=2,且开始时距离递减,在 t=π/4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=5}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{4}t=π/4 首次降到 0,随后增大;最小正周期为 π\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=3}{\pi}π。”指出了可用的象限、恒等式或几何关系,先对照图象特征可以同时确定数值和正负号。详细展开:四个候选中只有 C 同时满足这些特征。C\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{C}}}C
(1)建立函数模型初始点 P0(2,−2)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{(}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{)}P0(2,−2) 的极角可取 −π/4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{4}−π/4,逆时针角速度为 1。为什么从这里入手:三角题先把未知角转成特殊角、同一角或已知边角关系。“初始点 P0(2,−2)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{(}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{)}P0(2,−2) 的极角可取 −π/4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{4}−π/4,逆时针角速度为 1。”指出了可用的象限、恒等式或几何关系,先建立函数模型可以同时确定数值和正负号。详细展开:时刻 t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}t 的纵坐标为 y=2sin(t−π/4)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=13}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{)}y=2sin(t−π/4),到 x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}x 轴距离是纵坐标绝对值。d(t)=2∣sin(t−π4)∣d(t)=2\left|\sin\left(t-\frac\pi4\right)\right|d(t)=2sin(t−4π)
(2)对照图象特征d(0)=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}d(0)=2,且开始时距离递减,在 t=π/4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=5}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{4}t=π/4 首次降到 0,随后增大;最小正周期为 π\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=3}{\pi}π。为什么从这里入手:三角题先把未知角转成特殊角、同一角或已知边角关系。“d(0)=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}d(0)=2,且开始时距离递减,在 t=π/4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=5}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{4}t=π/4 首次降到 0,随后增大;最小正周期为 π\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=3}{\pi}π。”指出了可用的象限、恒等式或几何关系,先对照图象特征可以同时确定数值和正负号。详细展开:四个候选中只有 C 同时满足这些特征。C\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{C}}}C
7一、选择题 · 立体几何设长方体的长、宽、高分别为 2a、a、a\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{a} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{、} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a} \htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{、} \htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{a}2a、a、a, 其顶点都在一个球面上, 则该球的表面积为 ( ) (A) 3πa2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{3} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=6}{\pi }\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}3πa2 (B) 6πa2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{6} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=6}{\pi }\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}6πa2 (C) 12πa2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{2} \htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=7}{\pi }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}}12πa2 (D) 24πa2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{4} \htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=7}{\pi }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}}24πa2答案:B;6πa²题目标签:长方体外接球解题过程求长方体外接球表面积球直径等于长方体体对角线(1)求外接球半径长方体中心到任一顶点距离相同,球心就是长方体中心。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“长方体中心到任一顶点距离相同,球心就是长方体中心。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先求外接球半径后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:体对角线长为 (2a)2+a2+a2=6a\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{2}}}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{6}}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{a}(2a)2+a2+a2=6a,所以 2R=6a\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{R}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{6}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{a}2R=6a,R2=3a2/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{R}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}R2=3a2/2。R2=32a2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{R}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{3}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{2}}R2=23a2(2)求球面积球表面积公式为 4πR2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=5}{\pi }\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{R}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}}4πR2。为什么从这里入手:目标是“求球面积”,而“球表面积公式为 4πR2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=5}{\pi }\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{R}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}}4πR2。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:代入得到 4π⋅3a2/2=6πa2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=9}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=23}{\pi }\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{2}}4π⋅3a2/2=6πa2。6πa2B\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=12}{\pi }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{B}}6πa2B
(1)求外接球半径长方体中心到任一顶点距离相同,球心就是长方体中心。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“长方体中心到任一顶点距离相同,球心就是长方体中心。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先求外接球半径后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:体对角线长为 (2a)2+a2+a2=6a\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{2}}}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{6}}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{a}(2a)2+a2+a2=6a,所以 2R=6a\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{R}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{6}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{a}2R=6a,R2=3a2/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{R}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}R2=3a2/2。R2=32a2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{R}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{3}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{2}}R2=23a2
(2)求球面积球表面积公式为 4πR2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=5}{\pi }\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{R}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}}4πR2。为什么从这里入手:目标是“求球面积”,而“球表面积公式为 4πR2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=5}{\pi }\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{R}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}}4πR2。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:代入得到 4π⋅3a2/2=6πa2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=9}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=23}{\pi }\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{2}}4π⋅3a2/2=6πa2。6πa2B\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=12}{\pi }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{B}}6πa2B
8一、选择题 · 算法如果执行如图所示的框图, 输入 N=5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{N}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{5}N=5, 则输出的数等于 ( ) (A) 54\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{5}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{4}}45 (B) 45\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{4}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{5}}54 (C) 65\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{6}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{5}}56 (D) 56\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{5}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{6}}65原卷图示 1原卷第 1 页 · qwen3.7-plus_layout_detection · 需复核答案:D;5/6题目标签:框图裂项求和解题过程执行循环框图把每次累加项裂成相邻倒数之差(1)确定实际求和范围初始 k=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}k=1,每轮先加 1/[k(k+1)]\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{]}1/[k(k+1)],若 k<N\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{N}k<N 再令 k←k+1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=12}{\leftarrow }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}k←k+1。为什么从这里入手:数列题要先识别相邻项之间保持不变的结构。“初始 k=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}k=1,每轮先加 1/[k(k+1)]\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{]}1/[k(k+1)],若 k<N\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{N}k<N 再令 k←k+1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=12}{\leftarrow }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}k←k+1。”提示了差、比或可累加关系,先确定实际求和范围能把第 n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}n 项问题改写成已经会处理的等差、等比或裂项模型。详细展开:当 N=5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{N}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{5}N=5 时实际累加 k=1,2,3,4,5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{5}k=1,2,3,4,5 五项。S=∑k=151k(k+1)S=\sum_{k=1}^{5}\frac1{k(k+1)}S=k=1∑5k(k+1)1(2)裂项相消1/[k(k+1)]=1/k−1/(k+1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{]}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{)}1/[k(k+1)]=1/k−1/(k+1)。为什么从这里入手:目标是“裂项相消”,而“1/[k(k+1)]=1/k−1/(k+1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{]}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{)}1/[k(k+1)]=1/k−1/(k+1)。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:相邻项抵消后只剩 1−1/6=5/6\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{6}1−1/6=5/6。S=56D\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{S}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{5}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{6}}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{D}}S=65D
(1)确定实际求和范围初始 k=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}k=1,每轮先加 1/[k(k+1)]\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{]}1/[k(k+1)],若 k<N\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{N}k<N 再令 k←k+1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=12}{\leftarrow }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}k←k+1。为什么从这里入手:数列题要先识别相邻项之间保持不变的结构。“初始 k=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}k=1,每轮先加 1/[k(k+1)]\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{]}1/[k(k+1)],若 k<N\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{N}k<N 再令 k←k+1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=12}{\leftarrow }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}k←k+1。”提示了差、比或可累加关系,先确定实际求和范围能把第 n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}n 项问题改写成已经会处理的等差、等比或裂项模型。详细展开:当 N=5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{N}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{5}N=5 时实际累加 k=1,2,3,4,5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{5}k=1,2,3,4,5 五项。S=∑k=151k(k+1)S=\sum_{k=1}^{5}\frac1{k(k+1)}S=k=1∑5k(k+1)1
(2)裂项相消1/[k(k+1)]=1/k−1/(k+1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{]}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{)}1/[k(k+1)]=1/k−1/(k+1)。为什么从这里入手:目标是“裂项相消”,而“1/[k(k+1)]=1/k−1/(k+1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{]}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{)}1/[k(k+1)]=1/k−1/(k+1)。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:相邻项抵消后只剩 1−1/6=5/6\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{6}1−1/6=5/6。S=56D\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{S}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{5}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{6}}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{D}}S=65D
9一、选择题 · 函数设偶函数 f(x)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}f(x) 满足 f(x)=2x−4(x⩾0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{x} \htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=25}{\geqslant }\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{)}f(x)=2x−4(x⩾0), 则 {x∣f(x−2)>0}=\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=2}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=9}{\mid }\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=19}{\}}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{=}{x∣f(x−2)>0}= ( ) (A) {x∣x<−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=2}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=9}{\mid }\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}{x∣x<−2 或 x>4}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=5}{\}}x>4} (B) {x∣x<0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=2}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=9}{\mid }\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{0}{x∣x<0 或 x>4}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=5}{\}}x>4} (C) {x∣x<0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=2}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=9}{\mid }\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{0}{x∣x<0 或 x>6}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=5}{\}}x>6} (D) {x∣x<−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=2}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=9}{\mid }\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}{x∣x<−2 或 x>2}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=5}{\}}x>2}答案:B;x<0或x>4题目标签:偶函数不等式解题过程解偶函数平移后的不等式先用偶性把函数写成含绝对值的统一式(1)写出完整函数已知 x≥0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}x≥0 时 f(x)=2x−4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{4}f(x)=2x−4,又 f\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}f 为偶函数。为什么从这里入手:目标是“写出完整函数”,而“已知 x≥0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}x≥0 时 f(x)=2x−4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{4}f(x)=2x−4,又 f\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}f 为偶函数。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:所以对任意实数 u\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{u}u,f(u)=2∣u∣−4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{u}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{u}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{|}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{4}f(u)=2∣u∣−4。取 u=x−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{u}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}u=x−2,不等式变为 2∣x−2∣>4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{|}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{4}2∣x−2∣>4。f(x−2)=2∣x−2∣−4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{|}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{4}f(x−2)=2∣x−2∣−4(2)解绝对值不等式因 4=22\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}}4=22 且底数 2 大于 1。为什么从这里入手:最值与范围题要先找到变量受限方式以及等号何时成立。“因 4=22\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}}4=22 且底数 2 大于 1。”给出了可行域或关键界,先解绝对值不等式能把‘可能有多大’转成单调性、基本不等式或边界比较。详细展开:2∣x−2∣>22\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{|}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}}2∣x−2∣>22 等价于 ∣x−2∣>2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}∣x−2∣>2,即 x<0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x<0 或 x>4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{4}x>4。x<0 或 x>4B\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{0}\text{ \htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{或} }\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{4}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{B}}x<0 或 x>4B
(1)写出完整函数已知 x≥0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}x≥0 时 f(x)=2x−4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{4}f(x)=2x−4,又 f\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}f 为偶函数。为什么从这里入手:目标是“写出完整函数”,而“已知 x≥0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}x≥0 时 f(x)=2x−4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{4}f(x)=2x−4,又 f\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}f 为偶函数。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:所以对任意实数 u\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{u}u,f(u)=2∣u∣−4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{u}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{u}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{|}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{4}f(u)=2∣u∣−4。取 u=x−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{u}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}u=x−2,不等式变为 2∣x−2∣>4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{|}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{4}2∣x−2∣>4。f(x−2)=2∣x−2∣−4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{|}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{4}f(x−2)=2∣x−2∣−4
(2)解绝对值不等式因 4=22\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}}4=22 且底数 2 大于 1。为什么从这里入手:最值与范围题要先找到变量受限方式以及等号何时成立。“因 4=22\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}}4=22 且底数 2 大于 1。”给出了可行域或关键界,先解绝对值不等式能把‘可能有多大’转成单调性、基本不等式或边界比较。详细展开:2∣x−2∣>22\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{|}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}}2∣x−2∣>22 等价于 ∣x−2∣>2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}∣x−2∣>2,即 x<0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x<0 或 x>4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{4}x>4。x<0 或 x>4B\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{0}\text{ \htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{或} }\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{4}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{B}}x<0 或 x>4B
10一、选择题 · 三角函数若 cosα=−45,α\cos \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=11}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{4}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{5}}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=32}{\alpha}cosα=−54,α 是第三象限的角, 则 sin(α+π4)=\sin \left(\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=17}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{+}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=27}{\pi}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{4}}\right)\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{=}sin(α+4π)= ( ) (A) −7210\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{7} \sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{0}}−1072 (B) 7210\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{7} \sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{0}}1072 (C) −210\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\frac{\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{0}}−102 (D) 210\frac{\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{0}}102答案:A;-7√2/10题目标签:和角正弦解题过程求第三象限角的和角正弦先由象限确定正弦符号,再用和角公式(1)补出 sinα\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=10}{\alpha}sinαcosα=−4/5\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=10}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{5}cosα=−4/5,由平方关系得 ∣sinα∣=3/5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=11}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{5}∣sinα∣=3/5。为什么从这里入手:目标是“补出 sinα\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=10}{\alpha}sinα”,而“cosα=−4/5\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=10}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{5}cosα=−4/5,由平方关系得 ∣sinα∣=3/5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=11}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{5}∣sinα∣=3/5。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:第三象限正弦为负,所以 sinα=−3/5\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=10}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{5}sinα=−3/5。sinα=−35\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=10}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{3}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{5}}sinα=−53(2)代入和角公式sin(α+π/4)=sinαcosπ/4+cosαsinπ/4\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=11}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=15}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{=}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=29}{\alpha}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=36}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{+}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=43,tutor-end=49}{\alpha}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=53,tutor-end=56}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=56,tutor-end=57}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=57,tutor-end=58}{4}sin(α+π/4)=sinαcosπ/4+cosαsinπ/4。为什么从这里入手:三角题先把未知角转成特殊角、同一角或已知边角关系。“sin(α+π/4)=sinαcosπ/4+cosαsinπ/4\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=11}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=15}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{=}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=29}{\alpha}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=36}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{+}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=43,tutor-end=49}{\alpha}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=53,tutor-end=56}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=56,tutor-end=57}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=57,tutor-end=58}{4}sin(α+π/4)=sinαcosπ/4+cosαsinπ/4。”指出了可用的象限、恒等式或几何关系,先代入和角公式可以同时确定数值和正负号。详细展开:代入得 (−3/5−4/5)2/2=−72/10\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{)}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{7}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{0}(−3/5−4/5)2/2=−72/10。−7210A\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{7}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{0}}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{A}}−1072A
(1)补出 sinα\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=10}{\alpha}sinαcosα=−4/5\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=10}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{5}cosα=−4/5,由平方关系得 ∣sinα∣=3/5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=11}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{5}∣sinα∣=3/5。为什么从这里入手:目标是“补出 sinα\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=10}{\alpha}sinα”,而“cosα=−4/5\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=10}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{5}cosα=−4/5,由平方关系得 ∣sinα∣=3/5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=11}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{5}∣sinα∣=3/5。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:第三象限正弦为负,所以 sinα=−3/5\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=10}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{5}sinα=−3/5。sinα=−35\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=10}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{3}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{5}}sinα=−53
(2)代入和角公式sin(α+π/4)=sinαcosπ/4+cosαsinπ/4\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=11}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=15}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{=}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=29}{\alpha}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=36}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{+}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=43,tutor-end=49}{\alpha}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=53,tutor-end=56}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=56,tutor-end=57}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=57,tutor-end=58}{4}sin(α+π/4)=sinαcosπ/4+cosαsinπ/4。为什么从这里入手:三角题先把未知角转成特殊角、同一角或已知边角关系。“sin(α+π/4)=sinαcosπ/4+cosαsinπ/4\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=11}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=15}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{=}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=29}{\alpha}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=36}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{+}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=43,tutor-end=49}{\alpha}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=53,tutor-end=56}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=56,tutor-end=57}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=57,tutor-end=58}{4}sin(α+π/4)=sinαcosπ/4+cosαsinπ/4。”指出了可用的象限、恒等式或几何关系,先代入和角公式可以同时确定数值和正负号。详细展开:代入得 (−3/5−4/5)2/2=−72/10\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{)}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{7}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{0}(−3/5−4/5)2/2=−72/10。−7210A\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{7}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{0}}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{A}}−1072A
11一、选择题 · 线性规划已知平行四边形 ABCD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{C} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{D}ABCD 的三个顶点为 A(−1,2)、B(3,4)、C(4,−2)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{)} \htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{、} \htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{)} \htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{、} \htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{)}A(−1,2)、B(3,4)、C(4,−2), 点 (x,y)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}(x,y) 在平行四边形 ABCD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{C} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{D}ABCD 的内部, 则 z=2x−5y\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{z}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{5} \htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{y}z=2x−5y 的取值范围是 ( ) (A) (−14,16)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{)}(−14,16) (B) (−14,20)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{)}(−14,20) (C) (−12,18)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{8}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{)}(−12,18) (D) (−12,20)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{)}(−12,20)答案:B;(-14,20)题目标签:平行四边形线性函数解题过程求平行四边形内线性函数范围线性函数极值出现在顶点,内部点不能取到端值(1)补出第四个顶点并算顶点值按 A,B,C,D\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{D}A,B,C,D 顺序,D=A+C−B=(0,−4)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{)}D=A+C−B=(0,−4)。为什么从这里入手:目标是“补出第四个顶点并算顶点值”,而“按 A,B,C,D\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{D}A,B,C,D 顺序,D=A+C−B=(0,−4)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{)}D=A+C−B=(0,−4)。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:z=2x−5y\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{z}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{y}z=2x−5y 在 A,B,C,D\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{D}A,B,C,D 处分别为 −12,−14,18,20\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{8}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}−12,−14,18,20。zA=−12, zB=−14, zC=18, zD=20\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{z}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{A}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=12}{\ }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{z}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{B}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=24}{\ }\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{z}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{C}}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{8}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=35}{\ }\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{z}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{D}}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{0}zA=−12, zB=−14, zC=18, zD=20(2)写出开区间平行四边形内部是凸集,线性函数在内部可取得顶点极值之间的所有中间值。为什么从这里入手:函数的局部变化由导数控制。“平行四边形内部是凸集,线性函数在内部可取得顶点极值之间的所有中间值。”给出了函数值、斜率或导数符号的入口,因此先写出开区间,就能把图象语言转换成方程或符号表。详细展开:最小、最大值只在边界顶点取得,题目限制内部,所以端点不含。z∈(−14,20)B\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{z}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=11}{\in}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{)}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{B}}z∈(−14,20)B
(1)补出第四个顶点并算顶点值按 A,B,C,D\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{D}A,B,C,D 顺序,D=A+C−B=(0,−4)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{)}D=A+C−B=(0,−4)。为什么从这里入手:目标是“补出第四个顶点并算顶点值”,而“按 A,B,C,D\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{D}A,B,C,D 顺序,D=A+C−B=(0,−4)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{)}D=A+C−B=(0,−4)。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:z=2x−5y\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{z}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{y}z=2x−5y 在 A,B,C,D\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{D}A,B,C,D 处分别为 −12,−14,18,20\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{8}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}−12,−14,18,20。zA=−12, zB=−14, zC=18, zD=20\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{z}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{A}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=12}{\ }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{z}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{B}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=24}{\ }\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{z}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{C}}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{8}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=35}{\ }\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{z}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{D}}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{0}zA=−12, zB=−14, zC=18, zD=20
(2)写出开区间平行四边形内部是凸集,线性函数在内部可取得顶点极值之间的所有中间值。为什么从这里入手:函数的局部变化由导数控制。“平行四边形内部是凸集,线性函数在内部可取得顶点极值之间的所有中间值。”给出了函数值、斜率或导数符号的入口,因此先写出开区间,就能把图象语言转换成方程或符号表。详细展开:最小、最大值只在边界顶点取得,题目限制内部,所以端点不含。z∈(−14,20)B\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{z}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=11}{\in}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{)}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{B}}z∈(−14,20)B
12一、选择题 · 函数已知函数 f(x)={∣lgx∣,0<x⩽10,−12x+6,x>10,\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\left\{\begin{array}{ll}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{|}\lg \htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{,} & \htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{x} \htmlData{tutor-start=44,tutor-end=54}{\leqslant }\htmlData{tutor-start=54,tutor-end=55}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=55,tutor-end=56}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=56,tutor-end=57}{,} \\ \htmlData{tutor-start=61,tutor-end=62}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=68,tutor-end=69}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=71,tutor-end=72}{2}} \htmlData{tutor-start=74,tutor-end=75}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=75,tutor-end=76}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=76,tutor-end=77}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=77,tutor-end=78}{,} & \htmlData{tutor-start=81,tutor-end=82}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=82,tutor-end=83}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=83,tutor-end=84}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=84,tutor-end=85}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=85,tutor-end=86}{,}\end{array}\right.f(x)={∣lgx∣,−21x+6,0<x⩽10,x>10, 若 a,b,c\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{c}a,b,c 互不相等, 且 f(a)=f(b)=f(c)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{)}f(a)=f(b)=f(c), 则 abc\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{b} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{c}abc 的取值范围是 ( ) (A) (1,10)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}(1,10) (B) (5,6)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(5,6) (C) (10,12)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{)}(10,12) (D) (20,24)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{)}(20,24)答案:C;(10,12)题目标签:分段函数多原像解题过程求三原像对应的乘积范围用公共函数值参数化三条分支(1)找出出现三个不同原像的值域令公共函数值为 t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}t。在 0<t<1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}0<t<1 时,∣lgx∣=t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\lg \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{t}∣lgx∣=t 有两个解 x=10t,10−t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{t}}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{0}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{t}}x=10t,10−t。为什么从这里入手:三角题先把未知角转成特殊角、同一角或已知边角关系。“令公共函数值为 t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}t。在 0<t<1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}0<t<1 时,∣lgx∣=t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\lg \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{t}∣lgx∣=t 有两个解 x=10t,10−t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{t}}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{0}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{t}}x=10t,10−t。”指出了可用的象限、恒等式或几何关系,先找出出现三个不同原像的值域可以同时确定数值和正负号。详细展开:线性分支 −x/2+6=t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{t}−x/2+6=t 给出第三个解 x=12−2t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{t}x=12−2t,且 10<x<12\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}10<x<12,满足该分支 x>10\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}x>10。端点会造成分支重合或失去第三个不同解,因此必须 0<t<1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}0<t<1。a,b,c=10t,10−t,12−2t(0<t<1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{0}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{t}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{0}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{t}}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{t}\quad\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{)}a,b,c=10t,10−t,12−2t(0<t<1)(2)求乘积范围前两个对数分支解的乘积恒为 1。为什么从这里入手:含分母、根号或对数的式子必须先合法,后续变形才有意义。“前两个对数分支解的乘积恒为 1。”正好暴露了限制条件;先求乘积范围,可以防止约分或平方时把禁值偷偷带回答案。详细展开:所以 abc=12−2t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{t}abc=12−2t。当 0<t<1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}0<t<1 时,10<abc<12\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}10<abc<12。abc∈(10,12)C\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=13}{\in}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{)}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{C}}abc∈(10,12)C
(1)找出出现三个不同原像的值域令公共函数值为 t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}t。在 0<t<1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}0<t<1 时,∣lgx∣=t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\lg \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{t}∣lgx∣=t 有两个解 x=10t,10−t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{t}}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{0}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{t}}x=10t,10−t。为什么从这里入手:三角题先把未知角转成特殊角、同一角或已知边角关系。“令公共函数值为 t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}t。在 0<t<1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}0<t<1 时,∣lgx∣=t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\lg \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{t}∣lgx∣=t 有两个解 x=10t,10−t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{t}}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{0}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{t}}x=10t,10−t。”指出了可用的象限、恒等式或几何关系,先找出出现三个不同原像的值域可以同时确定数值和正负号。详细展开:线性分支 −x/2+6=t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{t}−x/2+6=t 给出第三个解 x=12−2t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{t}x=12−2t,且 10<x<12\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}10<x<12,满足该分支 x>10\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}x>10。端点会造成分支重合或失去第三个不同解,因此必须 0<t<1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}0<t<1。a,b,c=10t,10−t,12−2t(0<t<1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{0}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{t}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{0}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{t}}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{t}\quad\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{)}a,b,c=10t,10−t,12−2t(0<t<1)
(2)求乘积范围前两个对数分支解的乘积恒为 1。为什么从这里入手:含分母、根号或对数的式子必须先合法,后续变形才有意义。“前两个对数分支解的乘积恒为 1。”正好暴露了限制条件;先求乘积范围,可以防止约分或平方时把禁值偷偷带回答案。详细展开:所以 abc=12−2t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{t}abc=12−2t。当 0<t<1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}0<t<1 时,10<abc<12\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}10<abc<12。abc∈(10,12)C\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=13}{\in}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{)}}\quad\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{C}}abc∈(10,12)C
13二、填空题 · 圆圆心位于原点且与直线 x+y−2=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{0}x+y−2=0 相切的圆的方程为______.答案:x²+y²=2题目标签:原点圆切线解题过程求与直线相切的原点圆半径等于圆心到切线的距离(1)求半径圆心为 O(0,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}O(0,0)。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“圆心为 O(0,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}O(0,0)。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先求半径后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:到直线 x+y−2=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{0}x+y−2=0 的距离为 ∣−2∣/12+12=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{1}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{2}}}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{2}}∣−2∣/12+12=2,所以 r2=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{r}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}r2=2。r=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{r}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}}r=2(2)写圆方程圆心在原点的圆为 x2+y2=r2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{y}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{r}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}x2+y2=r2。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“圆心在原点的圆为 x2+y2=r2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{y}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{r}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}x2+y2=r2。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先写圆方程后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:代入半径平方得到所求方程。x2+y2=2\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{y}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{2}}x2+y2=2
(1)求半径圆心为 O(0,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}O(0,0)。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“圆心为 O(0,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}O(0,0)。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先求半径后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:到直线 x+y−2=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{0}x+y−2=0 的距离为 ∣−2∣/12+12=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{1}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{2}}}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{2}}∣−2∣/12+12=2,所以 r2=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{r}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}r2=2。r=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{r}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}}r=2
(2)写圆方程圆心在原点的圆为 x2+y2=r2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{y}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{r}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}x2+y2=r2。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“圆心在原点的圆为 x2+y2=r2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{y}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{r}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}x2+y2=r2。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先写圆方程后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:代入半径平方得到所求方程。x2+y2=2\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{y}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{2}}x2+y2=2
14二、填空题 · 统计设函数 y=f(x)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}y=f(x) 在区间 [0,1]\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{]}[0,1] 上的图象是连续不断的一条曲线, 且恒有 0⩽f(x)⩽1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=12}{\leqslant }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{)} \htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=27}{\leqslant }\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{1}0⩽f(x)⩽1, 可以用随机模拟方法近似计算由曲线 y=f(x)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}y=f(x) 及直线 x=0,x=1,y=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}x=0,x=1,y=0 所围成部分的面积 S\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}S, 先产生两组 (每组 N\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{N}N 个) 区间 [0,1]\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{]}[0,1] 上的均匀随机数 x1,x2,⋯,xN\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{,} \cdots\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{N}}x1,x2,⋯,xN 和 y1,y2,⋯,yN\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{,} \cdots\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{N}}y1,y2,⋯,yN, 由此得到 N\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{N}N 个点 (xi,yi)(i=1,2,⋯ ,N)\left(x_{i}, y_{i}\right)(i=1,2, \cdots, N)(xi,yi)(i=1,2,⋯,N). 再数出其中满足 yi⩽f(xi)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{i}} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=16}{\leqslant }\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{f}\left(\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{i}}\right)yi⩽f(xi) (i=1,2,⋯,N)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{,} \cdots\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{N}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{)}(i=1,2,⋯,N) 的点数 N1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{N}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}N1, 那么由随机模拟方法可得 S\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}S 的近似值为______.答案:N₁/N题目标签:蒙特卡洛面积解题过程用随机模拟估计曲线下面积把面积看成单位正方形内命中概率(1)确定抽样区域和命中事件点 (xi,yi)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{i}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{i}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{)}(xi,yi) 均匀落在面积为 1 的单位正方形内。为什么从这里入手:概率题的关键不是立刻代数,而是先说清随机试验与事件。“点 (xi,yi)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{i}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{i}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{)}(xi,yi) 均匀落在面积为 1 的单位正方形内。”确定了基本事件或随机变量,所以先确定抽样区域和命中事件,再依据独立、互斥、对立或期望线性性计算。详细展开:满足 yi≤f(xi)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{i}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=9}{\le }\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{i}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{)}yi≤f(xi) 的点恰落在曲线下方目标区域,命中概率等于目标面积与正方形面积之比。P(命中)=S\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{命}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{中}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{S}P(命中)=S(2)用频率近似概率N\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{N}N 个点中有 N1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{N}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}N1 个命中。为什么从这里入手:概率题的关键不是立刻代数,而是先说清随机试验与事件。“N\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{N}N 个点中有 N1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{N}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}N1 个命中。”确定了基本事件或随机变量,所以先用频率近似概率,再依据独立、互斥、对立或期望线性性计算。详细展开:大样本下命中频率 N1/N\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{N}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{N}N1/N 近似命中概率,因此 S≈N1/N\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=9}{\approx }\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{N}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{N}S≈N1/N。S≈N1N\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{S}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=15}{\approx}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{N}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{1}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{N}}}S≈NN1
(1)确定抽样区域和命中事件点 (xi,yi)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{i}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{i}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{)}(xi,yi) 均匀落在面积为 1 的单位正方形内。为什么从这里入手:概率题的关键不是立刻代数,而是先说清随机试验与事件。“点 (xi,yi)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{i}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{i}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{)}(xi,yi) 均匀落在面积为 1 的单位正方形内。”确定了基本事件或随机变量,所以先确定抽样区域和命中事件,再依据独立、互斥、对立或期望线性性计算。详细展开:满足 yi≤f(xi)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{i}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=9}{\le }\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{i}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{)}yi≤f(xi) 的点恰落在曲线下方目标区域,命中概率等于目标面积与正方形面积之比。P(命中)=S\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{命}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{中}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{S}P(命中)=S
(2)用频率近似概率N\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{N}N 个点中有 N1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{N}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}N1 个命中。为什么从这里入手:概率题的关键不是立刻代数,而是先说清随机试验与事件。“N\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{N}N 个点中有 N1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{N}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}N1 个命中。”确定了基本事件或随机变量,所以先用频率近似概率,再依据独立、互斥、对立或期望线性性计算。详细展开:大样本下命中频率 N1/N\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{N}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{N}N1/N 近似命中概率,因此 S≈N1/N\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=9}{\approx }\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{N}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{N}S≈N1/N。S≈N1N\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{S}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=15}{\approx}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{N}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{1}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{N}}}S≈NN1
15二、填空题 · 立体几何一个几何体的正视图为一个三角形, 则这个几何体可能是下列几何体中的______. (填入所有可能的几何体前的编号) ①三棱锥 ②四棱锥 ③三棱柱 ④四棱柱 ⑤圆锥 ⑥圆柱答案:①②③⑤\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{①}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{②}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{③}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{⑤}①②③⑤题目标签:三角形正视图解题过程判断可能具有三角形正视图的几何体考虑能否选取观察方向使投影外轮廓成为三角形(1)判断锥体三棱锥、四棱锥从合适方向观察,都可使顶点投影与底面投影形成三角形外轮廓;圆锥沿垂直于轴的方向观察也是三角形。为什么从这里入手:空间关系只靠观察容易漏条件,而“三棱锥、四棱锥从合适方向观察,都可使顶点投影与底面投影形成三角形外轮廓;圆锥沿垂直于轴的方向观察也是三角形。”可以直接翻译成垂直、平行、数量积或体积公式。先判断锥体,是在建立可验证的几何链条,而不是凭图形猜结论。详细展开:所以 ①、②、⑤ 都可能。①,②,⑤(2)判断柱体三棱柱沿侧棱方向观察时,正视图就是三角形底面,因此 ③ 也可能。为什么从这里入手:空间关系只靠观察容易漏条件,而“三棱柱沿侧棱方向观察时,正视图就是三角形底面,因此 ③ 也可能。”可以直接翻译成垂直、平行、数量积或体积公式。先判断柱体,是在建立可验证的几何链条,而不是凭图形猜结论。详细展开:四棱柱与圆柱的非退化正投影外轮廓不能成为三角形。①②③⑤\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{①}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{②}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{③}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{⑤}}①②③⑤
(1)判断锥体三棱锥、四棱锥从合适方向观察,都可使顶点投影与底面投影形成三角形外轮廓;圆锥沿垂直于轴的方向观察也是三角形。为什么从这里入手:空间关系只靠观察容易漏条件,而“三棱锥、四棱锥从合适方向观察,都可使顶点投影与底面投影形成三角形外轮廓;圆锥沿垂直于轴的方向观察也是三角形。”可以直接翻译成垂直、平行、数量积或体积公式。先判断锥体,是在建立可验证的几何链条,而不是凭图形猜结论。详细展开:所以 ①、②、⑤ 都可能。①,②,⑤
(2)判断柱体三棱柱沿侧棱方向观察时,正视图就是三角形底面,因此 ③ 也可能。为什么从这里入手:空间关系只靠观察容易漏条件,而“三棱柱沿侧棱方向观察时,正视图就是三角形底面,因此 ③ 也可能。”可以直接翻译成垂直、平行、数量积或体积公式。先判断柱体,是在建立可验证的几何链条,而不是凭图形猜结论。详细展开:四棱柱与圆柱的非退化正投影外轮廓不能成为三角形。①②③⑤\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{①}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{②}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{③}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{⑤}}①②③⑤
16二、填空题 · 解三角形在 △ABC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=10}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{A} \htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B} \htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{C}△ABC 中, D\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}D 为 BC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{C}BC 边上一点, BC=3BD,AD=2,∠ADB=135∘\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{3} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{B} \htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{A} \htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=32}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{A} \htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{D} \htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{5}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=43,tutor-end=48}{\circ}}BC=3BD,AD=2,∠ADB=135∘. 若 AC=2AB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}} \htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{A} \htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{B}AC=2AB, 则 BD=\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{=}BD=______.答案:2+√5题目标签:余弦定理解三角形解题过程由分点条件和余弦定理求长度分别在 riangleADB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{r}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{g}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{l}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{e} \htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{B}riangleADB、riangleADC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{r}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{g}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{l}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{e} \htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{C}riangleADC 中表示两边平方(1)设未知量并写两个余弦定理设 BD=x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}BD=x>0,则 DC=2x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}DC=2x;又 ∠ADB=135∘\angle ADB=135^\circ∠ADB=135∘,所以 ∠ADC=45∘\angle ADC=45^\circ∠ADC=45∘。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“设 BD=x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}BD=x>0,则 DC=2x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}DC=2x;又 ∠ADB=135∘\angle ADB=135^\circ∠ADB=135∘,所以 ∠ADC=45∘\angle ADC=45^\circ∠ADC=45∘。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先设未知量并写两个余弦定理后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:由 AD=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}AD=2,得 AB2=2+x2−22xcos135∘=x2+2x+2AB^{2}=2+x^{2}-2\sqrt{2}x\cos135^\circ=x^{2}+2x+2AB2=2+x2−22xcos135∘=x2+2x+2;AC2=2+4x2−4x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{x}AC2=2+4x2−4x。AB2=x2+2x+2,AC2=4x2−4x+2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{,}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{C}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{2}AB2=x2+2x+2,AC2=4x2−4x+2(2)使用边长比例AC=2AB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}AC=2AB,故 AC2=2AB2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}AC2=2AB2。为什么从这里入手:目标是“使用边长比例”,而“AC=2AB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}AC=2AB,故 AC2=2AB2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}AC2=2AB2。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:代入得 x2−4x−1=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{0}x2−4x−1=0,根为 2±5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\pm}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{5}}2±5。因 x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x>0,取 x=2+5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{5}}x=2+5。BD=2+5\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{+}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{5}}}BD=2+5
(1)设未知量并写两个余弦定理设 BD=x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}BD=x>0,则 DC=2x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}DC=2x;又 ∠ADB=135∘\angle ADB=135^\circ∠ADB=135∘,所以 ∠ADC=45∘\angle ADC=45^\circ∠ADC=45∘。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“设 BD=x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}BD=x>0,则 DC=2x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}DC=2x;又 ∠ADB=135∘\angle ADB=135^\circ∠ADB=135∘,所以 ∠ADC=45∘\angle ADC=45^\circ∠ADC=45∘。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先设未知量并写两个余弦定理后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:由 AD=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}AD=2,得 AB2=2+x2−22xcos135∘=x2+2x+2AB^{2}=2+x^{2}-2\sqrt{2}x\cos135^\circ=x^{2}+2x+2AB2=2+x2−22xcos135∘=x2+2x+2;AC2=2+4x2−4x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{x}AC2=2+4x2−4x。AB2=x2+2x+2,AC2=4x2−4x+2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{,}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{C}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{2}AB2=x2+2x+2,AC2=4x2−4x+2
(2)使用边长比例AC=2AB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}AC=2AB,故 AC2=2AB2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}AC2=2AB2。为什么从这里入手:目标是“使用边长比例”,而“AC=2AB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}AC=2AB,故 AC2=2AB2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}AC2=2AB2。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:代入得 x2−4x−1=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{0}x2−4x−1=0,根为 2±5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\pm}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{5}}2±5。因 x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x>0,取 x=2+5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{5}}x=2+5。BD=2+5\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{+}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{5}}}BD=2+5
17三、解答题 · 数列设等差数列 {an}\left\{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{n}}\right\}{an} 满足 a3=5,a10=−9\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{9}a3=5,a10=−9. (1) 求 {an}\left\{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{n}}\right\}{an} 的通项公式; (2) 求 {an}\left\{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{n}}\right\}{an} 的前 n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}n 项和 Sn\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}Sn 及使得 Sn\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}Sn 最大的序号 n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}n 的值.答案:a_n=11-2n;S_n=n(10-n),n=5题目标签:等差数列解题过程(1)求等差数列通项用两个已知项建立首项与公差方程(1)解首项和公差设首项为 a1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}a1、公差为 d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}d。为什么从这里入手:目标是“解首项和公差”,而“设首项为 a1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}a1、公差为 d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}d。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:a1+2d=5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{5}a1+2d=5,a1+9d=−9\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{9}a1+9d=−9;相减得 7d=−14\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{4}7d=−14,所以 d=−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}d=−2,再得 a1=9\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{9}a1=9。a1=9,d=−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}a1=9,d=−2(2)写通项等差数列 an=a1+(n−1)d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{d}an=a1+(n−1)d。为什么从这里入手:数列题要先识别相邻项之间保持不变的结构。“等差数列 an=a1+(n−1)d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{d}an=a1+(n−1)d。”提示了差、比或可累加关系,先写通项能把第 n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}n 项问题改写成已经会处理的等差、等比或裂项模型。详细展开:代入得 an=9−2(n−1)=11−2n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{n}an=9−2(n−1)=11−2n。an=11−2n\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{n}}an=11−2n(2)求前 n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}n 项和及最大项位置把和式配成关于整数 n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}n 的开口向下二次式(1)求和式Sn=n2[2a1+(n−1)d]\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{n}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{]}Sn=2n[2a1+(n−1)d]。为什么从这里入手:数列题要先识别相邻项之间保持不变的结构。“Sn=n2[2a1+(n−1)d]\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{n}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{]}Sn=2n[2a1+(n−1)d]。”提示了差、比或可累加关系,先求和式能把第 n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}n 项问题改写成已经会处理的等差、等比或裂项模型。详细展开:代入 a1=9,d=−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}a1=9,d=−2,得 Sn=n(10−n)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{)}Sn=n(10−n)。Sn=n(10−n)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{)}Sn=n(10−n)(2)配方求最大值Sn=−(n−5)2+25\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{5}Sn=−(n−5)2+25。为什么从这里入手:最值与范围题要先找到变量受限方式以及等号何时成立。“Sn=−(n−5)2+25\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{5}Sn=−(n−5)2+25。”给出了可行域或关键界,先配方求最大值能把‘可能有多大’转成单调性、基本不等式或边界比较。详细展开:正整数 n=5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{5}n=5 时平方项最小为 0,所以 Sn\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}Sn 最大,最大值为 25。Sn=n(10−n),n=5 时最大\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{,}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{5}\text{ \htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{时}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{最}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{大}}}Sn=n(10−n),n=5 时最大
(1)解首项和公差设首项为 a1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}a1、公差为 d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}d。为什么从这里入手:目标是“解首项和公差”,而“设首项为 a1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}a1、公差为 d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}d。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:a1+2d=5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{5}a1+2d=5,a1+9d=−9\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{9}a1+9d=−9;相减得 7d=−14\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{4}7d=−14,所以 d=−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}d=−2,再得 a1=9\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{9}a1=9。a1=9,d=−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}a1=9,d=−2
(2)写通项等差数列 an=a1+(n−1)d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{d}an=a1+(n−1)d。为什么从这里入手:数列题要先识别相邻项之间保持不变的结构。“等差数列 an=a1+(n−1)d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{d}an=a1+(n−1)d。”提示了差、比或可累加关系,先写通项能把第 n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}n 项问题改写成已经会处理的等差、等比或裂项模型。详细展开:代入得 an=9−2(n−1)=11−2n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{n}an=9−2(n−1)=11−2n。an=11−2n\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{n}}an=11−2n
(1)求和式Sn=n2[2a1+(n−1)d]\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{n}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{]}Sn=2n[2a1+(n−1)d]。为什么从这里入手:数列题要先识别相邻项之间保持不变的结构。“Sn=n2[2a1+(n−1)d]\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{n}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{]}Sn=2n[2a1+(n−1)d]。”提示了差、比或可累加关系,先求和式能把第 n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}n 项问题改写成已经会处理的等差、等比或裂项模型。详细展开:代入 a1=9,d=−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}a1=9,d=−2,得 Sn=n(10−n)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{)}Sn=n(10−n)。Sn=n(10−n)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{)}Sn=n(10−n)
(2)配方求最大值Sn=−(n−5)2+25\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{5}Sn=−(n−5)2+25。为什么从这里入手:最值与范围题要先找到变量受限方式以及等号何时成立。“Sn=−(n−5)2+25\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{5}Sn=−(n−5)2+25。”给出了可行域或关键界,先配方求最大值能把‘可能有多大’转成单调性、基本不等式或边界比较。详细展开:正整数 n=5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{5}n=5 时平方项最小为 0,所以 Sn\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}Sn 最大,最大值为 25。Sn=n(10−n),n=5 时最大\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{,}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{5}\text{ \htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{时}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{最}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{大}}}Sn=n(10−n),n=5 时最大
18三、解答题 · 立体几何如图, 已知四棱锥 P−ABCD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{A} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{C} \htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{D}P−ABCD 的底面为等腰梯形, AB//CD,AC⊥BD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{/} \htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{C} \htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{A} \htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{C} \htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=23}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{B} \htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{D}AB//CD,AC⊥BD, 垂足为 H,PH\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{P} \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{H}H,PH 是四棱锥的高. (1) 证明: 平面 PAC⊥\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{A} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{C} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=11}{\perp}PAC⊥ 平面 PBD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{D}PBD; (2) 若 AB=6,∠APB=∠ADB=60∘\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{6}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=21}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{A} \htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{P} \htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=34}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{A} \htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{D} \htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{0}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=44,tutor-end=49}{\circ}}AB=6,∠APB=∠ADB=60∘, 求四棱锥 P−ABCD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{A} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{C} \htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{D}P−ABCD 的体积.原卷图示 1原卷第 1 页 · qwen3.7-plus_layout_detection · 需复核答案:见证明;(3+2√3)/3题目标签:四棱锥面面垂直与体积解题过程(1)证明两个平面垂直先证明交平面内一条直线垂直另一平面(1)证明 AC⊥\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=7}{\perp}AC⊥ 平面 PBD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{D}PBDPH\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}PH 是高,所以 PH⊥\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=7}{\perp}PH⊥ 底面,进而 AC⊥PH\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{H}AC⊥PH;题设又有 AC⊥BD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{D}AC⊥BD。为什么从这里入手:空间关系只靠观察容易漏条件,而“PH\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}PH 是高,所以 PH⊥\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=7}{\perp}PH⊥ 底面,进而 AC⊥PH\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{H}AC⊥PH;题设又有 AC⊥BD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{D}AC⊥BD。”可以直接翻译成垂直、平行、数量积或体积公式。先证明 AC⊥\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=7}{\perp}AC⊥ 平面 PBD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{D}PBD,是在建立可验证的几何链条,而不是凭图形猜结论。详细展开:PH\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}PH 与 BD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{D}BD 是平面 PBD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{D}PBD 内相交于 H\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}H 的两条直线,所以一条直线同时垂直它们,便垂直该平面。AC⊥PH, AC⊥BD⟹AC⊥平面 PBD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=13}{\ }\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=21}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{D}\quad\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=43}{\Longrightarrow}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=49,tutor-end=50}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=50,tutor-end=51}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=51,tutor-end=56}{\perp}\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=62,tutor-end=63}{平}\htmlData{tutor-start=63,tutor-end=64}{面} }\htmlData{tutor-start=66,tutor-end=67}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=67,tutor-end=68}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=68,tutor-end=69}{D}AC⊥PH, AC⊥BD⟹AC⊥平面 PBD(2)推出面面垂直AC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}AC 位于平面 PAC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{C}PAC 内。为什么从这里入手:空间关系只靠观察容易漏条件,而“AC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}AC 位于平面 PAC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{C}PAC 内。”可以直接翻译成垂直、平行、数量积或体积公式。先推出面面垂直,是在建立可验证的几何链条,而不是凭图形猜结论。详细展开:一个平面经过另一个平面的垂线,则两平面垂直。平面 PAC⊥平面 PBD\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{平}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{面} }\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=25}{\perp}\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{平}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{面} }\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{D}}平面 PAC⊥平面 PBD(2)求四棱锥体积利用等腰梯形的对称性和两条垂直对角线分段计算(1)求 HA,HB,HC,HD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{D}HA,HB,HC,HD等腰梯形关于中轴对称,两条对角线也对称,故 HA=HB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}HA=HB、HC=HD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{D}HC=HD。为什么从这里入手:三角题先把未知角转成特殊角、同一角或已知边角关系。“等腰梯形关于中轴对称,两条对角线也对称,故 HA=HB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}HA=HB、HC=HD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{D}HC=HD。”指出了可用的象限、恒等式或几何关系,先求 HA,HB,HC,HD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{D}HA,HB,HC,HD可以同时确定数值和正负号。详细展开:△AHB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=10}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}△AHB 为等腰直角三角形,AB=6\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{6}}AB=6,所以 HA=HB=3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{3}}HA=HB=3。又 ∠ADB=60∘\angle ADB=60^\circ∠ADB=60∘,在直角三角形 AHD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{D}AHD 中 HD=HA/tan60∘=1HD=HA/\tan60^\circ=1HD=HA/tan60∘=1,故 HC=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}HC=1。HA=HB=3,HC=HD=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{1}HA=HB=3,HC=HD=1(2)求高和底面积PH⊥\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=7}{\perp}PH⊥ 底面且 HA=HB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}HA=HB,故 PA=PB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}PA=PB。结合 ∠APB=60∘\angle APB=60^\circ∠APB=60∘,△APB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=10}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}△APB 为等边三角形,PA=AB=6\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{6}}PA=AB=6。为什么从这里入手:三角题先把未知角转成特殊角、同一角或已知边角关系。“PH⊥\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=7}{\perp}PH⊥ 底面且 HA=HB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}HA=HB,故 PA=PB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}PA=PB。结合 ∠APB=60∘\angle APB=60^\circ∠APB=60∘,△APB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=10}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}△APB 为等边三角形,PA=AB=6\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{6}}PA=AB=6。”指出了可用的象限、恒等式或几何关系,先求高和底面积可以同时确定数值和正负号。详细展开:于是 PH=PA2−HA2=3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{A}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{A}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{2}}}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{3}}PH=PA2−HA2=3。底面两对角线垂直,面积为 12AC⋅BD=12(3+1)2=2+3\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=19}{\cdot }\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{(}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=43,tutor-end=44}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=44,tutor-end=45}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=47,tutor-end=48}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=49,tutor-end=50}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=50,tutor-end=51}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=51,tutor-end=52}{+}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=58,tutor-end=59}{3}}21AC⋅BD=21(3+1)2=2+3。PH=3,SABCD=2+3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{,}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{D}}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{+}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{3}}PH=3,SABCD=2+3(3)计算体积棱锥体积是底面积乘高的三分之一。为什么从这里入手:空间关系只靠观察容易漏条件,而“棱锥体积是底面积乘高的三分之一。”可以直接翻译成垂直、平行、数量积或体积公式。先计算体积,是在建立可验证的几何链条,而不是凭图形猜结论。详细展开:V=13(2+3)3=(3+23)/3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{V}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{+}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{)}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{2}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=44,tutor-end=45}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=46,tutor-end=47}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=47,tutor-end=48}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=48,tutor-end=49}{3}V=31(2+3)3=(3+23)/3。V=3+233\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{V}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{3}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{3}}}V=33+23
(1)证明 AC⊥\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=7}{\perp}AC⊥ 平面 PBD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{D}PBDPH\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}PH 是高,所以 PH⊥\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=7}{\perp}PH⊥ 底面,进而 AC⊥PH\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{H}AC⊥PH;题设又有 AC⊥BD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{D}AC⊥BD。为什么从这里入手:空间关系只靠观察容易漏条件,而“PH\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}PH 是高,所以 PH⊥\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=7}{\perp}PH⊥ 底面,进而 AC⊥PH\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{H}AC⊥PH;题设又有 AC⊥BD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{D}AC⊥BD。”可以直接翻译成垂直、平行、数量积或体积公式。先证明 AC⊥\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=7}{\perp}AC⊥ 平面 PBD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{D}PBD,是在建立可验证的几何链条,而不是凭图形猜结论。详细展开:PH\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}PH 与 BD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{D}BD 是平面 PBD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{D}PBD 内相交于 H\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}H 的两条直线,所以一条直线同时垂直它们,便垂直该平面。AC⊥PH, AC⊥BD⟹AC⊥平面 PBD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=13}{\ }\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=21}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{D}\quad\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=43}{\Longrightarrow}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=49,tutor-end=50}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=50,tutor-end=51}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=51,tutor-end=56}{\perp}\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=62,tutor-end=63}{平}\htmlData{tutor-start=63,tutor-end=64}{面} }\htmlData{tutor-start=66,tutor-end=67}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=67,tutor-end=68}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=68,tutor-end=69}{D}AC⊥PH, AC⊥BD⟹AC⊥平面 PBD
(2)推出面面垂直AC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}AC 位于平面 PAC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{C}PAC 内。为什么从这里入手:空间关系只靠观察容易漏条件,而“AC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}AC 位于平面 PAC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{C}PAC 内。”可以直接翻译成垂直、平行、数量积或体积公式。先推出面面垂直,是在建立可验证的几何链条,而不是凭图形猜结论。详细展开:一个平面经过另一个平面的垂线,则两平面垂直。平面 PAC⊥平面 PBD\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{平}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{面} }\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=25}{\perp}\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{平}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{面} }\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{D}}平面 PAC⊥平面 PBD
(1)求 HA,HB,HC,HD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{D}HA,HB,HC,HD等腰梯形关于中轴对称,两条对角线也对称,故 HA=HB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}HA=HB、HC=HD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{D}HC=HD。为什么从这里入手:三角题先把未知角转成特殊角、同一角或已知边角关系。“等腰梯形关于中轴对称,两条对角线也对称,故 HA=HB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}HA=HB、HC=HD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{D}HC=HD。”指出了可用的象限、恒等式或几何关系,先求 HA,HB,HC,HD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{D}HA,HB,HC,HD可以同时确定数值和正负号。详细展开:△AHB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=10}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}△AHB 为等腰直角三角形,AB=6\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{6}}AB=6,所以 HA=HB=3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{3}}HA=HB=3。又 ∠ADB=60∘\angle ADB=60^\circ∠ADB=60∘,在直角三角形 AHD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{D}AHD 中 HD=HA/tan60∘=1HD=HA/\tan60^\circ=1HD=HA/tan60∘=1,故 HC=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}HC=1。HA=HB=3,HC=HD=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{1}HA=HB=3,HC=HD=1
(2)求高和底面积PH⊥\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=7}{\perp}PH⊥ 底面且 HA=HB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}HA=HB,故 PA=PB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}PA=PB。结合 ∠APB=60∘\angle APB=60^\circ∠APB=60∘,△APB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=10}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}△APB 为等边三角形,PA=AB=6\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{6}}PA=AB=6。为什么从这里入手:三角题先把未知角转成特殊角、同一角或已知边角关系。“PH⊥\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=7}{\perp}PH⊥ 底面且 HA=HB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}HA=HB,故 PA=PB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}PA=PB。结合 ∠APB=60∘\angle APB=60^\circ∠APB=60∘,△APB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=10}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}△APB 为等边三角形,PA=AB=6\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{6}}PA=AB=6。”指出了可用的象限、恒等式或几何关系,先求高和底面积可以同时确定数值和正负号。详细展开:于是 PH=PA2−HA2=3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{A}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{A}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{2}}}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{3}}PH=PA2−HA2=3。底面两对角线垂直,面积为 12AC⋅BD=12(3+1)2=2+3\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=19}{\cdot }\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{(}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=43,tutor-end=44}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=44,tutor-end=45}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=47,tutor-end=48}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=49,tutor-end=50}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=50,tutor-end=51}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=51,tutor-end=52}{+}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=58,tutor-end=59}{3}}21AC⋅BD=21(3+1)2=2+3。PH=3,SABCD=2+3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{H}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{,}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{D}}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{+}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{3}}PH=3,SABCD=2+3
(3)计算体积棱锥体积是底面积乘高的三分之一。为什么从这里入手:空间关系只靠观察容易漏条件,而“棱锥体积是底面积乘高的三分之一。”可以直接翻译成垂直、平行、数量积或体积公式。先计算体积,是在建立可验证的几何链条,而不是凭图形猜结论。详细展开:V=13(2+3)3=(3+23)/3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{V}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{+}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{)}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{2}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=44,tutor-end=45}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=46,tutor-end=47}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=47,tutor-end=48}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=48,tutor-end=49}{3}V=31(2+3)3=(3+23)/3。V=3+233\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{V}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{3}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{3}}}V=33+23
19解答题 · 统计为调查某地区老人是否需要志愿者提供帮助,用简单随机抽样方法从该地区调查了 500 位老年人,结果如下: | 性别 \ 是否需要志愿者 | 男 | 女 | |---|---|---| | 需要 | 40 | 30 | | 不需要 | 160 | 270 | (1) 估计该地区老年人中,需要志愿者提供帮助的老年人的比例; (2) 能否有 99% 的把握认为该地区的老年人是否需要志愿者提供帮助与性别有关? (3) 根据 (2) 的结论,能否提供更好的调查方法来估计该地区老年人,需要志愿者帮助的老年人的比例?说明理由。 附: P(K2⩾k)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{K}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}} \htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=18}{\geqslant }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{)}P(K2⩾k) 0.050 0.010 0.001 k\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{k}k 3.841 6.635 10.828 K2=n(ad−bc)2(a+b)(c+d)(a+c)(b+d)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{K}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=} \frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=43,tutor-end=44}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=44,tutor-end=45}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=45,tutor-end=46}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=46,tutor-end=47}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=47,tutor-end=48}{)}}K2=(a+b)(c+d)(a+c)(b+d)n(ad−bc)2原卷图示 1原卷第 2 页 · qwen3.7-plus_layout_detection · 需复核答案:0.14;有关;按性别分层题目标签:比例估计与独立性检验解题过程(1)估计需要帮助者比例用样本频率估计总体比例(1)统计需要帮助人数男性需要 40 人,女性需要 30 人。为什么从这里入手:统计量都来自明确的样本计数或加权。“男性需要 40 人,女性需要 30 人。”给出了数据与权重,先统计需要帮助人数可以避免把频数、频率和概率混为一谈,并能用总数或概率和反查计算。详细展开:样本中共 40+30=70\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{0}40+30=70 人需要帮助,总样本为 500。nneed=70\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}_{\rm \htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{e}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{e}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{d}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{0}nneed=70(2)计算频率样本比例为 70/500\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}70/500。为什么从这里入手:统计量都来自明确的样本计数或加权。“样本比例为 70/500\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}70/500。”给出了数据与权重,先计算频率可以避免把频数、频率和概率混为一谈,并能用总数或概率和反查计算。详细展开:约分得到 0.14=14%\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=9}{\%}0.14=14%,作为总体比例估计。p^=0.14\boxed{\hat{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{p}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{4}}p^=0.14(2)进行独立性检验把列联表四格数据代入给定统计量(1)对应公式中的四格可取 a=40,b=30,c=160,d=270,n=500\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{0}a=40,b=30,c=160,d=270,n=500。为什么从这里入手:目标是“对应公式中的四格”,而“可取 a=40,b=30,c=160,d=270,n=500\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{0}a=40,b=30,c=160,d=270,n=500。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:代入题给公式得到 K2≈9.967\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{K}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=12}{\approx}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{7}K2≈9.967。计算时四个边际和分别为 70,430,200,300\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{0}70,430,200,300。K2=500(40⋅270−30⋅160)270⋅430⋅200⋅300≈9.967\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{K}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=23}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=34}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=44,tutor-end=45}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=45,tutor-end=46}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=46,tutor-end=51}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=51,tutor-end=52}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=52,tutor-end=53}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=53,tutor-end=54}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=54,tutor-end=59}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=59,tutor-end=60}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=60,tutor-end=61}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=61,tutor-end=62}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=62,tutor-end=67}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=67,tutor-end=68}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=68,tutor-end=69}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=69,tutor-end=70}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=71,tutor-end=78}{\approx}\htmlData{tutor-start=78,tutor-end=79}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=79,tutor-end=80}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=80,tutor-end=81}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=81,tutor-end=82}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=82,tutor-end=83}{7}K2=70⋅430⋅200⋅300500(40⋅270−30⋅160)2≈9.967(2)与临界值比较99% 把握对应显著性水平 0.01\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}0.01,临界值为 6.635。为什么从这里入手:目标是“与临界值比较”,而“99% 把握对应显著性水平 0.01\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}0.01,临界值为 6.635。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:因 9.967>6.635\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{5}9.967>6.635,拒绝“是否需要帮助与性别无关”的原假设,可以有 99% 的把握认为二者有关。有 99% 的把握认为二者有关\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{有} \htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=19}{\%} \htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{的}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{把}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{握}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{认}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{为}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{二}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{者}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{有}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{关}}}有 99% 的把握认为二者有关(3)提出更合适的抽样方法既然性别影响需求,就应把性别作为分层变量(1)说明简单随机抽样的不足男女需要帮助的样本比例分别为 40/200=20%\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=11}{\%}40/200=20% 与 30/300=10%\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=11}{\%}30/300=10%,差异明显。为什么从这里入手:概率题的关键不是立刻代数,而是先说清随机试验与事件。“男女需要帮助的样本比例分别为 40/200=20%\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=11}{\%}40/200=20% 与 30/300=10%\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=11}{\%}30/300=10%,差异明显。”确定了基本事件或随机变量,所以先说明简单随机抽样的不足,再依据独立、互斥、对立或期望线性性计算。详细展开:若样本中男女比例偶然偏离总体性别比例,总体估计会增加波动。p^male=0.20,p^female=0.10\hat{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{p}}_{\rm \htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{m}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{l}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{e}}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{,}\quad\hat{\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{p}}_{\rm \htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=43,tutor-end=44}{e}\htmlData{tutor-start=44,tutor-end=45}{m}\htmlData{tutor-start=45,tutor-end=46}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=46,tutor-end=47}{l}\htmlData{tutor-start=47,tutor-end=48}{e}}\htmlData{tutor-start=49,tutor-end=50}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=50,tutor-end=51}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=51,tutor-end=52}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=52,tutor-end=53}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=53,tutor-end=54}{0}p^male=0.20,p^female=0.10(2)给出改进方案先掌握地区老年人男女比例,再按该比例分层抽样。为什么从这里入手:目标是“给出改进方案”,而“先掌握地区老年人男女比例,再按该比例分层抽样。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:在男女两层内分别随机抽取,最后按总体性别权重合并估计,可提高代表性与精度。按性别分层,并按总体性别比例抽样\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{按}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{性}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{别}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{分}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{层}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{并}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{按}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{总}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{体}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{性}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{别}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{比}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{例}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{抽}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{样}}}按性别分层,并按总体性别比例抽样
(1)统计需要帮助人数男性需要 40 人,女性需要 30 人。为什么从这里入手:统计量都来自明确的样本计数或加权。“男性需要 40 人,女性需要 30 人。”给出了数据与权重,先统计需要帮助人数可以避免把频数、频率和概率混为一谈,并能用总数或概率和反查计算。详细展开:样本中共 40+30=70\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{0}40+30=70 人需要帮助,总样本为 500。nneed=70\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}_{\rm \htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{e}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{e}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{d}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{0}nneed=70
(2)计算频率样本比例为 70/500\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}70/500。为什么从这里入手:统计量都来自明确的样本计数或加权。“样本比例为 70/500\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}70/500。”给出了数据与权重,先计算频率可以避免把频数、频率和概率混为一谈,并能用总数或概率和反查计算。详细展开:约分得到 0.14=14%\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=9}{\%}0.14=14%,作为总体比例估计。p^=0.14\boxed{\hat{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{p}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{4}}p^=0.14
(1)对应公式中的四格可取 a=40,b=30,c=160,d=270,n=500\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{0}a=40,b=30,c=160,d=270,n=500。为什么从这里入手:目标是“对应公式中的四格”,而“可取 a=40,b=30,c=160,d=270,n=500\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{0}a=40,b=30,c=160,d=270,n=500。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:代入题给公式得到 K2≈9.967\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{K}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=12}{\approx}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{7}K2≈9.967。计算时四个边际和分别为 70,430,200,300\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{0}70,430,200,300。K2=500(40⋅270−30⋅160)270⋅430⋅200⋅300≈9.967\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{K}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=23}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=34}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=44,tutor-end=45}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=45,tutor-end=46}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=46,tutor-end=51}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=51,tutor-end=52}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=52,tutor-end=53}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=53,tutor-end=54}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=54,tutor-end=59}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=59,tutor-end=60}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=60,tutor-end=61}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=61,tutor-end=62}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=62,tutor-end=67}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=67,tutor-end=68}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=68,tutor-end=69}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=69,tutor-end=70}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=71,tutor-end=78}{\approx}\htmlData{tutor-start=78,tutor-end=79}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=79,tutor-end=80}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=80,tutor-end=81}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=81,tutor-end=82}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=82,tutor-end=83}{7}K2=70⋅430⋅200⋅300500(40⋅270−30⋅160)2≈9.967
(2)与临界值比较99% 把握对应显著性水平 0.01\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}0.01,临界值为 6.635。为什么从这里入手:目标是“与临界值比较”,而“99% 把握对应显著性水平 0.01\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}0.01,临界值为 6.635。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:因 9.967>6.635\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{7}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{5}9.967>6.635,拒绝“是否需要帮助与性别无关”的原假设,可以有 99% 的把握认为二者有关。有 99% 的把握认为二者有关\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{有} \htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=19}{\%} \htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{的}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{把}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{握}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{认}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{为}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{二}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{者}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{有}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{关}}}有 99% 的把握认为二者有关
(1)说明简单随机抽样的不足男女需要帮助的样本比例分别为 40/200=20%\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=11}{\%}40/200=20% 与 30/300=10%\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=11}{\%}30/300=10%,差异明显。为什么从这里入手:概率题的关键不是立刻代数,而是先说清随机试验与事件。“男女需要帮助的样本比例分别为 40/200=20%\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=11}{\%}40/200=20% 与 30/300=10%\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=11}{\%}30/300=10%,差异明显。”确定了基本事件或随机变量,所以先说明简单随机抽样的不足,再依据独立、互斥、对立或期望线性性计算。详细展开:若样本中男女比例偶然偏离总体性别比例,总体估计会增加波动。p^male=0.20,p^female=0.10\hat{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{p}}_{\rm \htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{m}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{l}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{e}}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{,}\quad\hat{\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{p}}_{\rm \htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=43,tutor-end=44}{e}\htmlData{tutor-start=44,tutor-end=45}{m}\htmlData{tutor-start=45,tutor-end=46}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=46,tutor-end=47}{l}\htmlData{tutor-start=47,tutor-end=48}{e}}\htmlData{tutor-start=49,tutor-end=50}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=50,tutor-end=51}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=51,tutor-end=52}{.}\htmlData{tutor-start=52,tutor-end=53}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=53,tutor-end=54}{0}p^male=0.20,p^female=0.10
(2)给出改进方案先掌握地区老年人男女比例,再按该比例分层抽样。为什么从这里入手:目标是“给出改进方案”,而“先掌握地区老年人男女比例,再按该比例分层抽样。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:在男女两层内分别随机抽取,最后按总体性别权重合并估计,可提高代表性与精度。按性别分层,并按总体性别比例抽样\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{按}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{性}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{别}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{分}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{层}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{并}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{按}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{总}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{体}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{性}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{别}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{比}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{例}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{抽}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{样}}}按性别分层,并按总体性别比例抽样
20解答题 · 圆锥曲线设 F1,F2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}}F1,F2 分别是椭圆 E:x2+y2b2=1 (0<b<1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{:} \htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}} \htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+} \frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{y}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{2}}} \htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{=} \htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{1} \htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=37}{\ }\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{0} \htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{<} \htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{b} \htmlData{tutor-start=44,tutor-end=45}{<} \htmlData{tutor-start=46,tutor-end=47}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=47,tutor-end=48}{)}E:x2+b2y2=1 (0<b<1) 的左、右焦点,过 F1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}F1 的直线 l\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{l}l 与 E\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{E}E 相交于 A,B\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{B}A,B 两点,且 ∣AF2∣,∣AB∣,∣BF2∣\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{|}∣AF2∣,∣AB∣,∣BF2∣ 成等差数列。 (1) 求 ∣AB∣\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{|}∣AB∣; (2) 若直线 l\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{l}l 的斜率为 1,求 b\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{b}b 的值。答案:AB=4/3;b=√2/2题目标签:椭圆焦点弦解题过程(1)求焦点弦长度把两条焦半径和与椭圆定义联立(1)汇总两点的焦半径椭圆长半轴为 1,所以对 A,B\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}A,B 分别有 AF1+AF2=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}AF1+AF2=2、BF1+BF2=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}BF1+BF2=2。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“椭圆长半轴为 1,所以对 A,B\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}A,B 分别有 AF1+AF2=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}AF1+AF2=2、BF1+BF2=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}BF1+BF2=2。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先汇总两点的焦半径后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:由于直线过 F1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}F1 且 A,B\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}A,B 是两个交点,F1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}F1 位于弦内,故 AB=AF1+BF1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}}AB=AF1+BF1。相加两条椭圆定义得到 AB+AF2+BF2=4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{4}AB+AF2+BF2=4。AB+AF2+BF2=4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{4}AB+AF2+BF2=4(2)使用等差条件AF2,AB,BF2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}AF2,AB,BF2 成等差数列意味着 AF2+BF2=2AB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{B}AF2+BF2=2AB。为什么从这里入手:数列题要先识别相邻项之间保持不变的结构。“AF2,AB,BF2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}AF2,AB,BF2 成等差数列意味着 AF2+BF2=2AB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{B}AF2+BF2=2AB。”提示了差、比或可累加关系,先使用等差条件能把第 n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}n 项问题改写成已经会处理的等差、等比或裂项模型。详细展开:代入得 3AB=4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{4}3AB=4,所以 AB=4/3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{3}AB=4/3。∣AB∣=43\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{4}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{3}}}∣AB∣=34(2)由焦点弦斜率求短半轴把直线代入椭圆,用两根差表示弦长(1)建立交点方程设 c=1−b2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}}}c=1−b2,左焦点为 (−c,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}(−c,0),斜率为 1 的直线是 y=x+c\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{c}y=x+c。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“设 c=1−b2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}}}c=1−b2,左焦点为 (−c,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}(−c,0),斜率为 1 的直线是 y=x+c\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{c}y=x+c。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先建立交点方程后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:代入 x2+y2/b2=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{y}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}x2+y2/b2=1 得 (1+b2)x2+2cx+c2−b2=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{c}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{0}(1+b2)x2+2cx+c2−b2=0。若两根为 x1,x2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}x1,x2,判别式化简为 8b4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{8}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{4}}8b4。(x1−x2)2=8b4(1+b2)2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{8}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{4}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=43,tutor-end=44}{2}}}(x1−x2)2=(1+b2)28b4(2)用弦长方程解参数直线斜率为 1,所以 AB2=2(x1−x2)2=16b4/(1+b2)2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=45,tutor-end=46}{2}}AB2=2(x1−x2)2=16b4/(1+b2)2。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“直线斜率为 1,所以 AB2=2(x1−x2)2=16b4/(1+b2)2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=45,tutor-end=46}{2}}AB2=2(x1−x2)2=16b4/(1+b2)2。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先用弦长方程解参数后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:又 AB=4/3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{3}AB=4/3,故 b2/(1+b2)=1/3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{3}b2/(1+b2)=1/3,解得 b2=1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}b2=1/2,取正值得 b=2/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}b=2/2。b=22\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\frac{\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{2}}}b=22
(1)汇总两点的焦半径椭圆长半轴为 1,所以对 A,B\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}A,B 分别有 AF1+AF2=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}AF1+AF2=2、BF1+BF2=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}BF1+BF2=2。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“椭圆长半轴为 1,所以对 A,B\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}A,B 分别有 AF1+AF2=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}AF1+AF2=2、BF1+BF2=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}BF1+BF2=2。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先汇总两点的焦半径后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:由于直线过 F1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}F1 且 A,B\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}A,B 是两个交点,F1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}F1 位于弦内,故 AB=AF1+BF1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}}AB=AF1+BF1。相加两条椭圆定义得到 AB+AF2+BF2=4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{4}AB+AF2+BF2=4。AB+AF2+BF2=4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{4}AB+AF2+BF2=4
(2)使用等差条件AF2,AB,BF2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}AF2,AB,BF2 成等差数列意味着 AF2+BF2=2AB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{B}AF2+BF2=2AB。为什么从这里入手:数列题要先识别相邻项之间保持不变的结构。“AF2,AB,BF2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}AF2,AB,BF2 成等差数列意味着 AF2+BF2=2AB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{F}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{B}AF2+BF2=2AB。”提示了差、比或可累加关系,先使用等差条件能把第 n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}n 项问题改写成已经会处理的等差、等比或裂项模型。详细展开:代入得 3AB=4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{4}3AB=4,所以 AB=4/3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{3}AB=4/3。∣AB∣=43\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{4}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{3}}}∣AB∣=34
(1)建立交点方程设 c=1−b2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}}}c=1−b2,左焦点为 (−c,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}(−c,0),斜率为 1 的直线是 y=x+c\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{c}y=x+c。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“设 c=1−b2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}}}c=1−b2,左焦点为 (−c,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}(−c,0),斜率为 1 的直线是 y=x+c\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{c}y=x+c。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先建立交点方程后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:代入 x2+y2/b2=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{y}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}x2+y2/b2=1 得 (1+b2)x2+2cx+c2−b2=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{c}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{0}(1+b2)x2+2cx+c2−b2=0。若两根为 x1,x2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}x1,x2,判别式化简为 8b4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{8}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{4}}8b4。(x1−x2)2=8b4(1+b2)2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{8}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{4}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=43,tutor-end=44}{2}}}(x1−x2)2=(1+b2)28b4
(2)用弦长方程解参数直线斜率为 1,所以 AB2=2(x1−x2)2=16b4/(1+b2)2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=45,tutor-end=46}{2}}AB2=2(x1−x2)2=16b4/(1+b2)2。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“直线斜率为 1,所以 AB2=2(x1−x2)2=16b4/(1+b2)2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=45,tutor-end=46}{2}}AB2=2(x1−x2)2=16b4/(1+b2)2。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先用弦长方程解参数后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:又 AB=4/3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{3}AB=4/3,故 b2/(1+b2)=1/3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{3}b2/(1+b2)=1/3,解得 b2=1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}b2=1/2,取正值得 b=2/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}b=2/2。b=22\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\frac{\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{2}}}b=22
21解答题 · 导数设函数 f(x)=x(ex−1)−ax2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)} \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=} \htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{x}} \htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-} \htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{)} \htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{-} \htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{2}}f(x)=x(ex−1)−ax2。 (1) 若 a=12\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=} \frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}}a=21,求 f(x)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}f(x) 的单调区间; (2) 若当 x⩾0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=12}{\geqslant }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}x⩾0 时,f(x)⩾0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)} \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=15}{\geqslant }\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{0}f(x)⩾0,求 a\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}a 的取值范围。答案:见解析;a≤1题目标签:指数函数单调与参数解题过程(1)求参数固定时的单调区间求导后完整因式分解以识别全部临界点(1)求导并分解当 a=1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}a=1/2 时 f(x)=x(ex−1)−x2/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{2}f(x)=x(ex−1)−x2/2。为什么从这里入手:目标是“求导并分解”,而“当 a=1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}a=1/2 时 f(x)=x(ex−1)−x2/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{2}f(x)=x(ex−1)−x2/2。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:f′(x)=(x+1)ex−1−x=(x+1)(ex−1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}'\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{)}f′(x)=(x+1)ex−1−x=(x+1)(ex−1),零点为 x=−1,0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}x=−1,0。f′(x)=(x+1)(ex−1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}'\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{)}f′(x)=(x+1)(ex−1)(2)判断导数符号在 (−∞,−1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}(−∞,−1) 上两个因子均负,乘积正;在 (−1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}(−1,0) 上一正一负,乘积负;在 (0,+∞)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=10}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{)}(0,+∞) 上均正。为什么从这里入手:函数的局部变化由导数控制。“在 (−∞,−1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}(−∞,−1) 上两个因子均负,乘积正;在 (−1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}(−1,0) 上一正一负,乘积负;在 (0,+∞)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=10}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{)}(0,+∞) 上均正。”给出了函数值、斜率或导数符号的入口,因此先判断导数符号,就能把图象语言转换成方程或符号表。详细展开:所以递增区间为 (−∞,−1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}(−∞,−1)、(0,+∞)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=10}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{)}(0,+∞),递减区间为 (−1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}(−1,0)。↗:(−∞,−1),(0,+∞);↘:(−1,0)\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=15}{\nearrow}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{:}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=24}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=39}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{;}\quad\htmlData{tutor-start=46,tutor-end=54}{\searrow}\htmlData{tutor-start=54,tutor-end=55}{:}\htmlData{tutor-start=55,tutor-end=56}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=56,tutor-end=57}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=57,tutor-end=58}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=58,tutor-end=59}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=59,tutor-end=60}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=60,tutor-end=61}{)}}↗:(−∞,−1),(0,+∞);↘:(−1,0)(2)求半轴上恒非负的参数范围对 x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x>0 除以 x2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}x2,把问题化成一个比值函数的下界(1)提取参数条件x=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x=0 时 f(0)=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}f(0)=0 自动成立。对 x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x>0,f(x)≥0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=7}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{0}f(x)≥0 等价于 ex−1−ax≥0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=13}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{0}ex−1−ax≥0。为什么从这里入手:代数题要寻找能减少未知量或降低次数的关系。“x=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x=0 时 f(0)=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}f(0)=0 自动成立。对 x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x>0,f(x)≥0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=7}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{0}f(x)≥0 等价于 ex−1−ax≥0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=13}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{0}ex−1−ax≥0。”正好提供了因式、根或参数之间的等式,所以先提取参数条件,再代入、消元或比较系数,计算链条会更短也更容易复核。详细展开:所以必须且只需 a≤(ex−1)/x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\le}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{x}a≤(ex−1)/x 对所有 x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x>0 成立。a≤ex−1x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\le}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{x}}a≤xex−1(2)求比值下界基本不等式 ex≥1+x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=8}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}ex≥1+x 给出 (ex−1)/x≥1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=14}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}(ex−1)/x≥1,且当 x→0+x\to0^+x→0+ 时该比值趋于 1。为什么从这里入手:最值与范围题要先找到变量受限方式以及等号何时成立。“基本不等式 ex≥1+x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=8}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}ex≥1+x 给出 (ex−1)/x≥1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=14}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}(ex−1)/x≥1,且当 x→0+x\to0^+x→0+ 时该比值趋于 1。”给出了可行域或关键界,先求比值下界能把‘可能有多大’转成单调性、基本不等式或边界比较。详细展开:因此所有 x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x>0 上的下确界为 1,参数条件为 a≤1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\le}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}a≤1。a≤1\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=11}{\le}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}}a≤1
(1)求导并分解当 a=1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}a=1/2 时 f(x)=x(ex−1)−x2/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{2}f(x)=x(ex−1)−x2/2。为什么从这里入手:目标是“求导并分解”,而“当 a=1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}a=1/2 时 f(x)=x(ex−1)−x2/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{2}f(x)=x(ex−1)−x2/2。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:f′(x)=(x+1)ex−1−x=(x+1)(ex−1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}'\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{)}f′(x)=(x+1)ex−1−x=(x+1)(ex−1),零点为 x=−1,0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}x=−1,0。f′(x)=(x+1)(ex−1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}'\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{)}f′(x)=(x+1)(ex−1)
(2)判断导数符号在 (−∞,−1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}(−∞,−1) 上两个因子均负,乘积正;在 (−1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}(−1,0) 上一正一负,乘积负;在 (0,+∞)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=10}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{)}(0,+∞) 上均正。为什么从这里入手:函数的局部变化由导数控制。“在 (−∞,−1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}(−∞,−1) 上两个因子均负,乘积正;在 (−1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}(−1,0) 上一正一负,乘积负;在 (0,+∞)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=10}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{)}(0,+∞) 上均正。”给出了函数值、斜率或导数符号的入口,因此先判断导数符号,就能把图象语言转换成方程或符号表。详细展开:所以递增区间为 (−∞,−1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}(−∞,−1)、(0,+∞)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=10}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{)}(0,+∞),递减区间为 (−1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}(−1,0)。↗:(−∞,−1),(0,+∞);↘:(−1,0)\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=15}{\nearrow}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{:}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=24}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=39}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{;}\quad\htmlData{tutor-start=46,tutor-end=54}{\searrow}\htmlData{tutor-start=54,tutor-end=55}{:}\htmlData{tutor-start=55,tutor-end=56}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=56,tutor-end=57}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=57,tutor-end=58}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=58,tutor-end=59}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=59,tutor-end=60}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=60,tutor-end=61}{)}}↗:(−∞,−1),(0,+∞);↘:(−1,0)
(1)提取参数条件x=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x=0 时 f(0)=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}f(0)=0 自动成立。对 x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x>0,f(x)≥0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=7}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{0}f(x)≥0 等价于 ex−1−ax≥0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=13}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{0}ex−1−ax≥0。为什么从这里入手:代数题要寻找能减少未知量或降低次数的关系。“x=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x=0 时 f(0)=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}f(0)=0 自动成立。对 x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x>0,f(x)≥0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=7}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{0}f(x)≥0 等价于 ex−1−ax≥0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=13}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{0}ex−1−ax≥0。”正好提供了因式、根或参数之间的等式,所以先提取参数条件,再代入、消元或比较系数,计算链条会更短也更容易复核。详细展开:所以必须且只需 a≤(ex−1)/x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\le}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{x}a≤(ex−1)/x 对所有 x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x>0 成立。a≤ex−1x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\le}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{x}}a≤xex−1
(2)求比值下界基本不等式 ex≥1+x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=8}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}ex≥1+x 给出 (ex−1)/x≥1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=14}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}(ex−1)/x≥1,且当 x→0+x\to0^+x→0+ 时该比值趋于 1。为什么从这里入手:最值与范围题要先找到变量受限方式以及等号何时成立。“基本不等式 ex≥1+x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=8}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}ex≥1+x 给出 (ex−1)/x≥1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=14}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}(ex−1)/x≥1,且当 x→0+x\to0^+x→0+ 时该比值趋于 1。”给出了可行域或关键界,先求比值下界能把‘可能有多大’转成单调性、基本不等式或边界比较。详细展开:因此所有 x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x>0 上的下确界为 1,参数条件为 a≤1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\le}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}a≤1。a≤1\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=11}{\le}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}}a≤1
22解答题 · 平面几何如图,已知圆上的弧 AC^=BD^\widehat{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{C}} \htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=} \widehat{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{D}}AC=BD,过 C\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}C 点的圆的切线与 BA\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}BA 的延长线交于 E\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{E}E 点,证明: (1) ∠ACE=∠BCD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{E} \htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=} \htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=20}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{D}∠ACE=∠BCD; (2) BC2=BE⋅CD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}} \htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=} \htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{E} \htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=18}{\cdot }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{D}BC2=BE⋅CD。原卷图示 1原卷第 2 页 · qwen3.7-plus_layout_detection · 需复核答案:见证明题目标签:圆的切线与相似解题过程(1)证明切线弦角等于另一圆周角把两角都转成同一条弧所对的圆周角(1)使用切线弦定理CE\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{E}CE 是圆在 C\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}C 点的切线,CA\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}CA 是弦。为什么从这里入手:函数的局部变化由导数控制。“CE\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{E}CE 是圆在 C\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}C 点的切线,CA\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}CA 是弦。”给出了函数值、斜率或导数符号的入口,因此先使用切线弦定理,就能把图象语言转换成方程或符号表。详细展开:切线与弦 CA\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}CA 所成角等于弦 CA\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}CA 在圆内所对的圆周角,因此 ∠ACE=∠ABC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=18}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{C}∠ACE=∠ABC。∠ACE=∠ABC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=18}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{C}∠ACE=∠ABC(2)使用等弧所对圆周角相等题设 AC^=BD^\widehat{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{C}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\widehat{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{D}}AC=BD。为什么从这里入手:三角题先把未知角转成特殊角、同一角或已知边角关系。“题设 AC^=BD^\widehat{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{C}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\widehat{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{D}}AC=BD。”指出了可用的象限、恒等式或几何关系,先使用等弧所对圆周角相等可以同时确定数值和正负号。详细展开:∠ABC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{C}∠ABC 对应弧 AC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}AC,∠BCD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{D}∠BCD 对应弧 BD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{D}BD,故二者相等,进而得到结论。∠ACE=∠BCD\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=14}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=25}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{D}}∠ACE=∠BCD(2)证明乘积关系证明两个三角形相似后读取对应边比例(1)建立两组等角由切线弦定理,∠ECB=∠CDB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=18}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{B}∠ECB=∠CDB;又 E,B,A\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{A}E,B,A 共线,所以 ∠EBC=∠ABC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=18}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{C}∠EBC=∠ABC。为什么从这里入手:函数的局部变化由导数控制。“由切线弦定理,∠ECB=∠CDB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=18}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{B}∠ECB=∠CDB;又 E,B,A\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{A}E,B,A 共线,所以 ∠EBC=∠ABC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=18}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{C}∠EBC=∠ABC。”给出了函数值、斜率或导数符号的入口,因此先建立两组等角,就能把图象语言转换成方程或符号表。详细展开:结合第 (1) 问中的 ∠ABC=∠BCD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=18}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{D}∠ABC=∠BCD,得到 ∠EBC=∠BCD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=18}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{D}∠EBC=∠BCD。∠ECB=∠CDB,∠EBC=∠BCD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=18}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{,}\quad\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=34}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=45}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=45,tutor-end=46}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=46,tutor-end=47}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=47,tutor-end=48}{D}∠ECB=∠CDB,∠EBC=∠BCD(2)由相似三角形取比例因此 △EBC∼△BCD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=10}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=17}{\sim}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=27}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{D}△EBC∼△BCD。为什么从这里入手:三角题先把未知角转成特殊角、同一角或已知边角关系。“因此 △EBC∼△BCD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=10}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=17}{\sim}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=27}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{D}△EBC∼△BCD。”指出了可用的象限、恒等式或几何关系,先由相似三角形取比例可以同时确定数值和正负号。详细展开:对应边给出 BE/BC=BC/CD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{D}BE/BC=BC/CD,交叉相乘即 BC2=BE⋅CD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=15}{\cdot }\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{D}BC2=BE⋅CD。BC2=BE⋅CD\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{C}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=22}{\cdot }\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{D}}BC2=BE⋅CD
(1)使用切线弦定理CE\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{E}CE 是圆在 C\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}C 点的切线,CA\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}CA 是弦。为什么从这里入手:函数的局部变化由导数控制。“CE\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{E}CE 是圆在 C\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}C 点的切线,CA\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}CA 是弦。”给出了函数值、斜率或导数符号的入口,因此先使用切线弦定理,就能把图象语言转换成方程或符号表。详细展开:切线与弦 CA\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}CA 所成角等于弦 CA\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}CA 在圆内所对的圆周角,因此 ∠ACE=∠ABC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=18}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{C}∠ACE=∠ABC。∠ACE=∠ABC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=18}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{C}∠ACE=∠ABC
(2)使用等弧所对圆周角相等题设 AC^=BD^\widehat{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{C}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\widehat{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{D}}AC=BD。为什么从这里入手:三角题先把未知角转成特殊角、同一角或已知边角关系。“题设 AC^=BD^\widehat{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{C}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\widehat{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{D}}AC=BD。”指出了可用的象限、恒等式或几何关系,先使用等弧所对圆周角相等可以同时确定数值和正负号。详细展开:∠ABC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{C}∠ABC 对应弧 AC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}AC,∠BCD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{D}∠BCD 对应弧 BD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{D}BD,故二者相等,进而得到结论。∠ACE=∠BCD\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=14}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=25}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{D}}∠ACE=∠BCD
(1)建立两组等角由切线弦定理,∠ECB=∠CDB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=18}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{B}∠ECB=∠CDB;又 E,B,A\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{A}E,B,A 共线,所以 ∠EBC=∠ABC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=18}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{C}∠EBC=∠ABC。为什么从这里入手:函数的局部变化由导数控制。“由切线弦定理,∠ECB=∠CDB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=18}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{B}∠ECB=∠CDB;又 E,B,A\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{A}E,B,A 共线,所以 ∠EBC=∠ABC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=18}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{C}∠EBC=∠ABC。”给出了函数值、斜率或导数符号的入口,因此先建立两组等角,就能把图象语言转换成方程或符号表。详细展开:结合第 (1) 问中的 ∠ABC=∠BCD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=18}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{D}∠ABC=∠BCD,得到 ∠EBC=∠BCD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=18}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{D}∠EBC=∠BCD。∠ECB=∠CDB,∠EBC=∠BCD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=18}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{,}\quad\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=34}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=45}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=45,tutor-end=46}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=46,tutor-end=47}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=47,tutor-end=48}{D}∠ECB=∠CDB,∠EBC=∠BCD
(2)由相似三角形取比例因此 △EBC∼△BCD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=10}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=17}{\sim}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=27}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{D}△EBC∼△BCD。为什么从这里入手:三角题先把未知角转成特殊角、同一角或已知边角关系。“因此 △EBC∼△BCD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=10}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=17}{\sim}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=27}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{D}△EBC∼△BCD。”指出了可用的象限、恒等式或几何关系,先由相似三角形取比例可以同时确定数值和正负号。详细展开:对应边给出 BE/BC=BC/CD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{D}BE/BC=BC/CD,交叉相乘即 BC2=BE⋅CD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=15}{\cdot }\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{D}BC2=BE⋅CD。BC2=BE⋅CD\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{C}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=22}{\cdot }\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{D}}BC2=BE⋅CD
23解答题 · 参数方程已知直线 C1:{x=1+tcosα,y=tsinα,\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{:} \begin{cases} \htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{x} \htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=} \htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{1} \htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{+} \htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{t} \cos \htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=42}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{,} \\ \htmlData{tutor-start=47,tutor-end=48}{y} \htmlData{tutor-start=49,tutor-end=50}{=} \htmlData{tutor-start=51,tutor-end=52}{t} \sin \htmlData{tutor-start=58,tutor-end=64}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=64,tutor-end=65}{,} \end{cases}C1:{x=1+tcosα,y=tsinα, (t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}t 为参数),圆 C2:{x=cosθ,y=sinθ,\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{:} \begin{cases} \htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{x} \htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=} \cos \htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=36}{\theta}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{,} \\ \htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{y} \htmlData{tutor-start=43,tutor-end=44}{=} \sin \htmlData{tutor-start=50,tutor-end=56}{\theta}\htmlData{tutor-start=56,tutor-end=57}{,} \end{cases}C2:{x=cosθ,y=sinθ, (θ\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=6}{\theta}θ 为参数)。 (1) 当 α=π3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\alpha }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=} \frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=18}{\pi}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{3}}α=3π 时,求 C1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}C1 与 C2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}C2 的交点坐标; (2) 过坐标原点 O\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}O 作 C1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}C1 的垂线,垂足为 A\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}A,P\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}P 为 OA\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}OA 的中点,当 α\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=6}{\alpha}α 变化时,求点 P\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}P 轨迹的参数方程,并指出它是什么曲线。答案:(1,0),(1/2,-√3/2);圆题目标签:参数直线与轨迹解题过程(1)求参数直线与单位圆交点先把参数直线化为普通方程再联立圆(1)写直线方程当 α=π/3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=6}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=10}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{3}α=π/3 时方向向量为 (1/2,3/2)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{)}(1/2,3/2),斜率为 3\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{3}}3。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“当 α=π/3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=6}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=10}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{3}α=π/3 时方向向量为 (1/2,3/2)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{)}(1/2,3/2),斜率为 3\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{3}}3。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先写直线方程后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:直线过 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(1,0),所以 C1:y=3(x−1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{:}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{)}C1:y=3(x−1);圆 C2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}C2 为 x2+y2=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{y}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}x2+y2=1。y=3(x−1),x2+y2=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{,}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{y}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{1}y=3(x−1),x2+y2=1(2)联立求坐标代入圆得 x2+3(x−1)2=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{1}x2+3(x−1)2=1,即 2x2−3x+1=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}2x2−3x+1=0。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“代入圆得 x2+3(x−1)2=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{1}x2+3(x−1)2=1,即 2x2−3x+1=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}2x2−3x+1=0。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先联立求坐标后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:所以 x=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}x=1 或 1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}1/2,对应 y=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}y=0 或 −3/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}−3/2。(1,0),(12,−32)\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{,}\quad\left(\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{-}\frac{\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=49,tutor-end=50}{3}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=53,tutor-end=54}{2}}\right)}(1,0),(21,−23)(2)求垂足中点的轨迹用直线一般式直接计算原点到直线的垂足(1)求垂足 A\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}A直线 C1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}C1 的一般式为 xsinα−ycosα−sinα=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=11}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{y}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=23}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{-}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=34}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{0}xsinα−ycosα−sinα=0。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“直线 C1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}C1 的一般式为 xsinα−ycosα−sinα=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=11}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{y}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=23}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{-}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=34}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{0}xsinα−ycosα−sinα=0。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先求垂足 A\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}A后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:用点到直线垂足公式,原点的垂足为 A=(sin2α,−sinαcosα)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\sin^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=17}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{-}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=29}{\alpha}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=39}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{)}A=(sin2α,−sinαcosα)。A=(sin2α,−sinαcosα)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\sin^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=17}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{-}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=29}{\alpha}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=39}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{)}A=(sin2α,−sinαcosα)(2)写 P\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}P 的参数方程并识别曲线P\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}P 是 OA\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}OA 中点,所以坐标减半。再用二倍角公式消去参数结构。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“P\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}P 是 OA\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}OA 中点,所以坐标减半。再用二倍角公式消去参数结构。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先写 P\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}P 的参数方程并识别曲线后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:x=12sin2α=14(1−cos2α)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\sin^{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=27}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{-}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=46,tutor-end=47}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=47,tutor-end=53}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=53,tutor-end=54}{)}x=21sin2α=41(1−cos2α),y=−12sinαcosα=−14sin2α\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=24}{\alpha}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=34}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=45,tutor-end=46}{4}}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=51,tutor-end=52}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=52,tutor-end=58}{\alpha}y=−21sinαcosα=−41sin2α,故 (x−1/4)2+y2=1/16\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{y}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{6}(x−1/4)2+y2=1/16。{x=12sin2α,\y=−12sinαcosα,(x−14)2+y2=116\boxed{\begin{cases}x=\frac{1}{2}\sin^{2}\alpha,\\\y=-\frac{1}{2}\sin\alpha\cos\alpha,\end{cases}\quad\left(x-\frac{1}{4}\right)^{2}+y^{2}=\frac1{16}}{x=21sin2α,\y=−21sinαcosα,(x−41)2+y2=161
(1)写直线方程当 α=π/3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=6}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=10}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{3}α=π/3 时方向向量为 (1/2,3/2)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{)}(1/2,3/2),斜率为 3\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{3}}3。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“当 α=π/3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=6}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=10}{\pi}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{3}α=π/3 时方向向量为 (1/2,3/2)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{)}(1/2,3/2),斜率为 3\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{3}}3。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先写直线方程后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:直线过 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(1,0),所以 C1:y=3(x−1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{:}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{)}C1:y=3(x−1);圆 C2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}C2 为 x2+y2=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{y}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}x2+y2=1。y=3(x−1),x2+y2=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{,}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{y}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{1}y=3(x−1),x2+y2=1
(2)联立求坐标代入圆得 x2+3(x−1)2=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{1}x2+3(x−1)2=1,即 2x2−3x+1=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}2x2−3x+1=0。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“代入圆得 x2+3(x−1)2=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{1}x2+3(x−1)2=1,即 2x2−3x+1=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}2x2−3x+1=0。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先联立求坐标后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:所以 x=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}x=1 或 1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}1/2,对应 y=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}y=0 或 −3/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}−3/2。(1,0),(12,−32)\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{,}\quad\left(\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{-}\frac{\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=49,tutor-end=50}{3}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=53,tutor-end=54}{2}}\right)}(1,0),(21,−23)
(1)求垂足 A\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}A直线 C1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}C1 的一般式为 xsinα−ycosα−sinα=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=11}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{y}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=23}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{-}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=34}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{0}xsinα−ycosα−sinα=0。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“直线 C1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}C1 的一般式为 xsinα−ycosα−sinα=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=11}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{y}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=23}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{-}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=34}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{0}xsinα−ycosα−sinα=0。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先求垂足 A\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}A后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:用点到直线垂足公式,原点的垂足为 A=(sin2α,−sinαcosα)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\sin^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=17}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{-}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=29}{\alpha}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=39}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{)}A=(sin2α,−sinαcosα)。A=(sin2α,−sinαcosα)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\sin^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=17}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{-}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=29}{\alpha}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=39}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{)}A=(sin2α,−sinαcosα)
(2)写 P\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}P 的参数方程并识别曲线P\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}P 是 OA\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}OA 中点,所以坐标减半。再用二倍角公式消去参数结构。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“P\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}P 是 OA\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}OA 中点,所以坐标减半。再用二倍角公式消去参数结构。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先写 P\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}P 的参数方程并识别曲线后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:x=12sin2α=14(1−cos2α)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\sin^{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=27}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{-}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=46,tutor-end=47}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=47,tutor-end=53}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=53,tutor-end=54}{)}x=21sin2α=41(1−cos2α),y=−12sinαcosα=−14sin2α\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=24}{\alpha}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=34}{\alpha}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=45,tutor-end=46}{4}}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=51,tutor-end=52}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=52,tutor-end=58}{\alpha}y=−21sinαcosα=−41sin2α,故 (x−1/4)2+y2=1/16\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{y}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{6}(x−1/4)2+y2=1/16。{x=12sin2α,\y=−12sinαcosα,(x−14)2+y2=116\boxed{\begin{cases}x=\frac{1}{2}\sin^{2}\alpha,\\\y=-\frac{1}{2}\sin\alpha\cos\alpha,\end{cases}\quad\left(x-\frac{1}{4}\right)^{2}+y^{2}=\frac1{16}}{x=21sin2α,\y=−21sinαcosα,(x−41)2+y2=161
24解答题 · 不等式设函数 f(x)=∣2x−4∣+1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)} \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=} \htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x} \htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-} \htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{|} \htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{+} \htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}f(x)=∣2x−4∣+1。 (1) 画出函数 y=f(x)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{)}y=f(x) 的图象; (2) 若不等式 f(x)⩽ax\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)} \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=15}{\leqslant }\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{x}f(x)⩽ax 的解集非空,求 a\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}a 的取值范围。原卷图示 1原卷第 2 页 · qwen3.7-plus_layout_detection · 需复核答案:见图;a<-2或a≥1/2题目标签:绝对值函数与参数解题过程(1)画绝对值函数图象在绝对值内部零点处分段(1)写分段式2x−4=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}2x−4=0 的分界点为 x=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}x=2。为什么从这里入手:目标是“写分段式”,而“2x−4=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}2x−4=0 的分界点为 x=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}x=2。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:当 x<2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}x<2 时 ∣2x−4∣=4−2x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}∣2x−4∣=4−2x;当 x≥2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}x≥2 时等于 2x−4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}2x−4。所以 f(x)=5−2x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}f(x)=5−2x 或 2x−3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}2x−3。f(x)={5−2x,x<2,2x−3,x≥2.\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\begin{cases}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{,}&\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{,}\\\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{,}&\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=40}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{.}\end{cases}f(x)={5−2x,2x−3,x<2,x≥2.(2)描述图象两条射线在 (2,1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(2,1) 相接。为什么从这里入手:目标是“描述图象”,而“两条射线在 (2,1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(2,1) 相接。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:图象是顶点 (2,1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(2,1)、左支斜率 −2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{2}−2、右支斜率 2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}2 的 V 形折线。顶点 (2,1),两支斜率 −2,2\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{顶}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{点} }\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{)}\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{两}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{支}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{斜}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{率} }\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{2}}顶点 (2,1),两支斜率 −2,2(2)求不等式有解时的参数范围分别在 x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x>0 与 x<0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x<0 上考察比值 f(x)/x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{x}f(x)/x(1)研究正半轴当 x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x>0 时不等式等价于 a≥f(x)/x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=5}{\ge }\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}a≥f(x)/x。为什么从这里入手:最值与范围题要先找到变量受限方式以及等号何时成立。“当 x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x>0 时不等式等价于 a≥f(x)/x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=5}{\ge }\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}a≥f(x)/x。”给出了可行域或关键界,先研究正半轴能把‘可能有多大’转成单调性、基本不等式或边界比较。详细展开:0<x<2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}0<x<2 时比值为 5/x−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}5/x−2,递减到 1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}1/2;x≥2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}x≥2 时为 2−3/x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}2−3/x,从 1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}1/2 递增。因此正半轴上存在解当且仅当 a≥1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}a≥1/2。a≥12\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\ge}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}}a≥21(2)研究负半轴并合并当 x<0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x<0 时除以负数要反向,需 a≤f(x)/x=−2+5/x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=5}{\le }\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{x}a≤f(x)/x=−2+5/x。为什么从这里入手:目标是“研究负半轴并合并”,而“当 x<0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x<0 时除以负数要反向,需 a≤f(x)/x=−2+5/x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=5}{\le }\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{x}a≤f(x)/x=−2+5/x。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:该比值在负半轴的值域为 (−∞,−2)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}(−∞,−2),所以存在负解当且仅当 a<−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}a<−2。合并两类。a∈(−∞,−2)∪[12,+∞)\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=11}{\in}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=19}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=27}{\cup}\left[\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=44,tutor-end=45}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=45,tutor-end=46}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=46,tutor-end=52}{\infty}\right)}a∈(−∞,−2)∪[21,+∞)
(1)写分段式2x−4=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}2x−4=0 的分界点为 x=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}x=2。为什么从这里入手:目标是“写分段式”,而“2x−4=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}2x−4=0 的分界点为 x=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}x=2。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:当 x<2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}x<2 时 ∣2x−4∣=4−2x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}∣2x−4∣=4−2x;当 x≥2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}x≥2 时等于 2x−4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}2x−4。所以 f(x)=5−2x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}f(x)=5−2x 或 2x−3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}2x−3。f(x)={5−2x,x<2,2x−3,x≥2.\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\begin{cases}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{,}&\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{,}\\\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{,}&\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=40}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{.}\end{cases}f(x)={5−2x,2x−3,x<2,x≥2.
(2)描述图象两条射线在 (2,1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(2,1) 相接。为什么从这里入手:目标是“描述图象”,而“两条射线在 (2,1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(2,1) 相接。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:图象是顶点 (2,1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(2,1)、左支斜率 −2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{2}−2、右支斜率 2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}2 的 V 形折线。顶点 (2,1),两支斜率 −2,2\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{顶}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{点} }\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{)}\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{两}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{支}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{斜}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{率} }\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{2}}顶点 (2,1),两支斜率 −2,2
(1)研究正半轴当 x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x>0 时不等式等价于 a≥f(x)/x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=5}{\ge }\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}a≥f(x)/x。为什么从这里入手:最值与范围题要先找到变量受限方式以及等号何时成立。“当 x>0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x>0 时不等式等价于 a≥f(x)/x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=5}{\ge }\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}a≥f(x)/x。”给出了可行域或关键界,先研究正半轴能把‘可能有多大’转成单调性、基本不等式或边界比较。详细展开:0<x<2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}0<x<2 时比值为 5/x−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}5/x−2,递减到 1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}1/2;x≥2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}x≥2 时为 2−3/x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}2−3/x,从 1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}1/2 递增。因此正半轴上存在解当且仅当 a≥1/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}a≥1/2。a≥12\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\ge}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}}a≥21
(2)研究负半轴并合并当 x<0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x<0 时除以负数要反向,需 a≤f(x)/x=−2+5/x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=5}{\le }\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{x}a≤f(x)/x=−2+5/x。为什么从这里入手:目标是“研究负半轴并合并”,而“当 x<0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}x<0 时除以负数要反向,需 a≤f(x)/x=−2+5/x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=5}{\le }\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{x}a≤f(x)/x=−2+5/x。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:该比值在负半轴的值域为 (−∞,−2)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}(−∞,−2),所以存在负解当且仅当 a<−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}a<−2。合并两类。a∈(−∞,−2)∪[12,+∞)\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=11}{\in}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=19}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=27}{\cup}\left[\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=44,tutor-end=45}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=45,tutor-end=46}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=46,tutor-end=52}{\infty}\right)}a∈(−∞,−2)∪[21,+∞)